blob: 9cda3728c2cbfc78d77efc765ff298718469108e [file] [log] [blame]
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001/*
Johannes Berg3017b802007-08-28 17:01:53 -04002 * mac80211 <-> driver interface
3 *
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004 * Copyright 2002-2005, Devicescape Software, Inc.
5 * Copyright 2006-2007 Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz>
Jouni Malinen026331c2010-02-15 12:53:10 +02006 * Copyright 2007-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07007 *
8 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as
10 * published by the Free Software Foundation.
11 */
12
13#ifndef MAC80211_H
14#define MAC80211_H
15
Paul Gortmaker187f1882011-11-23 20:12:59 -050016#include <linux/bug.h>
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070017#include <linux/kernel.h>
18#include <linux/if_ether.h>
19#include <linux/skbuff.h>
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070020#include <linux/ieee80211.h>
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070021#include <net/cfg80211.h>
Johannes Berg42d98792011-07-07 18:58:01 +020022#include <asm/unaligned.h>
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070023
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -040024/**
25 * DOC: Introduction
26 *
27 * mac80211 is the Linux stack for 802.11 hardware that implements
28 * only partial functionality in hard- or firmware. This document
29 * defines the interface between mac80211 and low-level hardware
30 * drivers.
31 */
32
33/**
34 * DOC: Calling mac80211 from interrupts
35 *
36 * Only ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() can be
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070037 * called in hardware interrupt context. The low-level driver must not call any
38 * other functions in hardware interrupt context. If there is a need for such
39 * call, the low-level driver should first ACK the interrupt and perform the
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +010040 * IEEE 802.11 code call after this, e.g. from a scheduled workqueue or even
41 * tasklet function.
42 *
43 * NOTE: If the driver opts to use the _irqsafe() functions, it may not also
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -070044 * use the non-IRQ-safe functions!
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070045 */
46
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -040047/**
48 * DOC: Warning
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070049 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -040050 * If you're reading this document and not the header file itself, it will
51 * be incomplete because not all documentation has been converted yet.
52 */
53
54/**
55 * DOC: Frame format
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070056 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -040057 * As a general rule, when frames are passed between mac80211 and the driver,
58 * they start with the IEEE 802.11 header and include the same octets that are
59 * sent over the air except for the FCS which should be calculated by the
60 * hardware.
61 *
62 * There are, however, various exceptions to this rule for advanced features:
63 *
64 * The first exception is for hardware encryption and decryption offload
65 * where the IV/ICV may or may not be generated in hardware.
66 *
67 * Secondly, when the hardware handles fragmentation, the frame handed to
68 * the driver from mac80211 is the MSDU, not the MPDU.
69 *
70 * Finally, for received frames, the driver is able to indicate that it has
71 * filled a radiotap header and put that in front of the frame; if it does
72 * not do so then mac80211 may add this under certain circumstances.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070073 */
74
Ron Rindjunsky10816d42007-11-26 16:14:30 +020075/**
Luis R. Rodriguez42935ec2009-07-29 20:08:07 -040076 * DOC: mac80211 workqueue
77 *
78 * mac80211 provides its own workqueue for drivers and internal mac80211 use.
79 * The workqueue is a single threaded workqueue and can only be accessed by
80 * helpers for sanity checking. Drivers must ensure all work added onto the
81 * mac80211 workqueue should be cancelled on the driver stop() callback.
82 *
83 * mac80211 will flushed the workqueue upon interface removal and during
84 * suspend.
85 *
86 * All work performed on the mac80211 workqueue must not acquire the RTNL lock.
87 *
88 */
89
Paul Gortmaker313162d2012-01-30 11:46:54 -050090struct device;
91
Luis R. Rodriguez42935ec2009-07-29 20:08:07 -040092/**
Johannes Berge100bb62008-04-30 18:51:21 +020093 * enum ieee80211_max_queues - maximum number of queues
94 *
95 * @IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES: Maximum number of regular device queues.
Johannes Berg445ea4e2013-02-13 12:25:28 +010096 * @IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUE_MAP: bitmap with maximum queues set
Johannes Berge100bb62008-04-30 18:51:21 +020097 */
98enum ieee80211_max_queues {
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +020099 IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES = 16,
Johannes Berg445ea4e2013-02-13 12:25:28 +0100100 IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUE_MAP = BIT(IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES) - 1,
Johannes Berge100bb62008-04-30 18:51:21 +0200101};
102
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +0200103#define IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE 0xff
104
Johannes Berge100bb62008-04-30 18:51:21 +0200105/**
Johannes Berg4bce22b2010-11-16 11:49:58 -0800106 * enum ieee80211_ac_numbers - AC numbers as used in mac80211
107 * @IEEE80211_AC_VO: voice
108 * @IEEE80211_AC_VI: video
109 * @IEEE80211_AC_BE: best effort
110 * @IEEE80211_AC_BK: background
111 */
112enum ieee80211_ac_numbers {
113 IEEE80211_AC_VO = 0,
114 IEEE80211_AC_VI = 1,
115 IEEE80211_AC_BE = 2,
116 IEEE80211_AC_BK = 3,
117};
Johannes Berg948d8872011-09-29 16:04:29 +0200118#define IEEE80211_NUM_ACS 4
Johannes Berg4bce22b2010-11-16 11:49:58 -0800119
120/**
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400121 * struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params - transmit queue configuration
122 *
123 * The information provided in this structure is required for QoS
Johannes Berg3330d7b2008-02-10 16:49:38 +0100124 * transmit queue configuration. Cf. IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.29.
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400125 *
Bob Copelande37d4df2008-10-20 21:20:27 -0400126 * @aifs: arbitration interframe space [0..255]
Johannes Bergf434b2d2008-07-10 11:22:31 +0200127 * @cw_min: minimum contention window [a value of the form
128 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400129 * @cw_max: maximum contention window [like @cw_min]
Johannes Berg3330d7b2008-02-10 16:49:38 +0100130 * @txop: maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled
Alexander Bondar908f8d02013-04-07 09:53:30 +0300131 * @acm: is mandatory admission control required for the access category
Kalle Valo9d173fc2010-01-14 13:09:14 +0200132 * @uapsd: is U-APSD mode enabled for the queue
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400133 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700134struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params {
Johannes Bergf434b2d2008-07-10 11:22:31 +0200135 u16 txop;
Johannes Berg3330d7b2008-02-10 16:49:38 +0100136 u16 cw_min;
137 u16 cw_max;
Johannes Bergf434b2d2008-07-10 11:22:31 +0200138 u8 aifs;
Alexander Bondar908f8d02013-04-07 09:53:30 +0300139 bool acm;
Kalle Valoab133152010-01-12 10:42:31 +0200140 bool uapsd;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700141};
142
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700143struct ieee80211_low_level_stats {
144 unsigned int dot11ACKFailureCount;
145 unsigned int dot11RTSFailureCount;
146 unsigned int dot11FCSErrorCount;
147 unsigned int dot11RTSSuccessCount;
148};
149
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100150/**
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200151 * enum ieee80211_chanctx_change - change flag for channel context
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100152 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_WIDTH: The channel width changed
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +0200153 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RX_CHAINS: The number of RX chains changed
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +0100154 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RADAR: radar detection flag changed
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +0200155 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_CHANNEL: switched to another operating channel,
156 * this is used only with channel switching with CSA
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200157 */
158enum ieee80211_chanctx_change {
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100159 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_WIDTH = BIT(0),
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +0200160 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RX_CHAINS = BIT(1),
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +0100161 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RADAR = BIT(2),
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +0200162 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_CHANNEL = BIT(3),
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200163};
164
165/**
166 * struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf - channel context that vifs may be tuned to
167 *
168 * This is the driver-visible part. The ieee80211_chanctx
169 * that contains it is visible in mac80211 only.
170 *
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100171 * @def: the channel definition
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +0200172 * @rx_chains_static: The number of RX chains that must always be
173 * active on the channel to receive MIMO transmissions
174 * @rx_chains_dynamic: The number of RX chains that must be enabled
175 * after RTS/CTS handshake to receive SMPS MIMO transmissions;
Simon Wunderlich5d7fad42012-11-30 19:17:28 +0100176 * this will always be >= @rx_chains_static.
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +0100177 * @radar_enabled: whether radar detection is enabled on this channel.
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200178 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
179 * sizeof(void *), size is determined in hw information.
180 */
181struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf {
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100182 struct cfg80211_chan_def def;
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200183
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +0200184 u8 rx_chains_static, rx_chains_dynamic;
185
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +0100186 bool radar_enabled;
187
Johannes Berg1c06ef92012-12-28 12:22:02 +0100188 u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200189};
190
191/**
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100192 * enum ieee80211_bss_change - BSS change notification flags
193 *
194 * These flags are used with the bss_info_changed() callback
195 * to indicate which BSS parameter changed.
196 *
197 * @BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC: association status changed (associated/disassociated),
198 * also implies a change in the AID.
199 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_CTS_PROT: CTS protection changed
200 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_PREAMBLE: preamble changed
Jouni Malinen9f1ba902008-08-07 20:07:01 +0300201 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT: slot timing changed
Tomas Winkler38668c02008-03-28 16:33:32 -0700202 * @BSS_CHANGED_HT: 802.11n parameters changed
Johannes Berg96dd22a2008-09-11 00:01:57 +0200203 * @BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES: Basic rateset changed
Johannes Berg57c4d7b2009-04-23 16:10:04 +0200204 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT: Beacon interval changed
Johannes Berg2d0ddec2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200205 * @BSS_CHANGED_BSSID: BSSID changed, for whatever
206 * reason (IBSS and managed mode)
207 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON: Beacon data changed, retrieve
208 * new beacon (beaconing modes)
209 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED: Beaconing should be
210 * enabled/disabled (beaconing modes)
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200211 * @BSS_CHANGED_CQM: Connection quality monitor config changed
Johannes Berg8fc214b2010-04-28 17:40:43 +0200212 * @BSS_CHANGED_IBSS: IBSS join status changed
Juuso Oikarinen68542962010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300213 * @BSS_CHANGED_ARP_FILTER: Hardware ARP filter address list or state changed.
Johannes Berg4ced3f72010-07-19 16:39:04 +0200214 * @BSS_CHANGED_QOS: QoS for this association was enabled/disabled. Note
215 * that it is only ever disabled for station mode.
Johannes Berg7da7cc12010-08-05 17:02:38 +0200216 * @BSS_CHANGED_IDLE: Idle changed for this BSS/interface.
Marek Puzyniak0ca54f62013-04-10 13:19:13 +0200217 * @BSS_CHANGED_SSID: SSID changed for this BSS (AP and IBSS mode)
Arik Nemtsov02945822011-11-10 11:28:57 +0200218 * @BSS_CHANGED_AP_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response changed for this BSS (AP mode)
Eliad Pellerab095872012-07-27 12:33:22 +0300219 * @BSS_CHANGED_PS: PS changed for this BSS (STA mode)
Johannes Berg1ea6f9c2012-10-24 10:59:25 +0200220 * @BSS_CHANGED_TXPOWER: TX power setting changed for this interface
Johannes Berg488dd7b2012-10-29 20:08:01 +0100221 * @BSS_CHANGED_P2P_PS: P2P powersave settings (CTWindow, opportunistic PS)
222 * changed (currently only in P2P client mode, GO mode will be later)
Alexander Bondar989c6502013-05-16 17:34:17 +0300223 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO: Data from the AP's beacon became available:
224 * currently dtim_period only is under consideration.
Johannes Berg2c9b7352013-02-07 21:37:29 +0100225 * @BSS_CHANGED_BANDWIDTH: The bandwidth used by this interface changed,
226 * note that this is only called when it changes after the channel
227 * context had been assigned.
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100228 */
229enum ieee80211_bss_change {
230 BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC = 1<<0,
231 BSS_CHANGED_ERP_CTS_PROT = 1<<1,
232 BSS_CHANGED_ERP_PREAMBLE = 1<<2,
Jouni Malinen9f1ba902008-08-07 20:07:01 +0300233 BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT = 1<<3,
Alexander Simona7ce1c92011-09-18 00:16:45 +0200234 BSS_CHANGED_HT = 1<<4,
Johannes Berg96dd22a2008-09-11 00:01:57 +0200235 BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES = 1<<5,
Johannes Berg57c4d7b2009-04-23 16:10:04 +0200236 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT = 1<<6,
Johannes Berg2d0ddec2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200237 BSS_CHANGED_BSSID = 1<<7,
238 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON = 1<<8,
239 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED = 1<<9,
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200240 BSS_CHANGED_CQM = 1<<10,
Johannes Berg8fc214b2010-04-28 17:40:43 +0200241 BSS_CHANGED_IBSS = 1<<11,
Juuso Oikarinen68542962010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300242 BSS_CHANGED_ARP_FILTER = 1<<12,
Johannes Berg4ced3f72010-07-19 16:39:04 +0200243 BSS_CHANGED_QOS = 1<<13,
Johannes Berg7da7cc12010-08-05 17:02:38 +0200244 BSS_CHANGED_IDLE = 1<<14,
Arik Nemtsov78274932011-09-04 11:11:32 +0300245 BSS_CHANGED_SSID = 1<<15,
Arik Nemtsov02945822011-11-10 11:28:57 +0200246 BSS_CHANGED_AP_PROBE_RESP = 1<<16,
Eliad Pellerab095872012-07-27 12:33:22 +0300247 BSS_CHANGED_PS = 1<<17,
Johannes Berg1ea6f9c2012-10-24 10:59:25 +0200248 BSS_CHANGED_TXPOWER = 1<<18,
Johannes Berg488dd7b2012-10-29 20:08:01 +0100249 BSS_CHANGED_P2P_PS = 1<<19,
Alexander Bondar989c6502013-05-16 17:34:17 +0300250 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO = 1<<20,
Johannes Berg2c9b7352013-02-07 21:37:29 +0100251 BSS_CHANGED_BANDWIDTH = 1<<21,
Johannes Bergac8dd502010-05-05 09:44:02 +0200252
253 /* when adding here, make sure to change ieee80211_reconfig */
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100254};
255
Juuso Oikarinen68542962010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300256/*
257 * The maximum number of IPv4 addresses listed for ARP filtering. If the number
258 * of addresses for an interface increase beyond this value, hardware ARP
259 * filtering will be disabled.
260 */
261#define IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN 4
262
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100263/**
Meenakshi Venkataraman615f7b92011-07-08 08:46:22 -0700264 * enum ieee80211_rssi_event - RSSI threshold event
265 * An indicator for when RSSI goes below/above a certain threshold.
266 * @RSSI_EVENT_HIGH: AP's rssi crossed the high threshold set by the driver.
267 * @RSSI_EVENT_LOW: AP's rssi crossed the low threshold set by the driver.
268 */
269enum ieee80211_rssi_event {
270 RSSI_EVENT_HIGH,
271 RSSI_EVENT_LOW,
272};
273
274/**
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100275 * struct ieee80211_bss_conf - holds the BSS's changing parameters
276 *
277 * This structure keeps information about a BSS (and an association
278 * to that BSS) that can change during the lifetime of the BSS.
279 *
280 * @assoc: association status
Johannes Berg8fc214b2010-04-28 17:40:43 +0200281 * @ibss_joined: indicates whether this station is part of an IBSS
282 * or not
Sujith Manoharanc13a7652012-10-12 17:35:45 +0530283 * @ibss_creator: indicates if a new IBSS network is being created
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100284 * @aid: association ID number, valid only when @assoc is true
285 * @use_cts_prot: use CTS protection
Johannes Berg7a5158e2008-10-08 10:59:33 +0200286 * @use_short_preamble: use 802.11b short preamble;
287 * if the hardware cannot handle this it must set the
288 * IEEE80211_HW_2GHZ_SHORT_PREAMBLE_INCAPABLE hardware flag
289 * @use_short_slot: use short slot time (only relevant for ERP);
290 * if the hardware cannot handle this it must set the
291 * IEEE80211_HW_2GHZ_SHORT_SLOT_INCAPABLE hardware flag
Johannes Berg56007a02010-01-26 14:19:52 +0100292 * @dtim_period: num of beacons before the next DTIM, for beaconing,
Emmanuel Grumbachc65dd142012-12-12 10:12:24 +0200293 * valid in station mode only if after the driver was notified
Alexander Bondar989c6502013-05-16 17:34:17 +0300294 * with the %BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO flag, will be non-zero then.
Johannes Berg8c358bc2012-05-22 22:13:05 +0200295 * @sync_tsf: last beacon's/probe response's TSF timestamp (could be old
Johannes Bergef429da2013-02-05 17:48:40 +0100296 * as it may have been received during scanning long ago). If the
297 * HW flag %IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY is set, then this can
298 * only come from a beacon, but might not become valid until after
299 * association when a beacon is received (which is notified with the
300 * %BSS_CHANGED_DTIM flag.)
Johannes Berg8c358bc2012-05-22 22:13:05 +0200301 * @sync_device_ts: the device timestamp corresponding to the sync_tsf,
302 * the driver/device can use this to calculate synchronisation
Johannes Bergef429da2013-02-05 17:48:40 +0100303 * (see @sync_tsf)
304 * @sync_dtim_count: Only valid when %IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY
305 * is requested, see @sync_tsf/@sync_device_ts.
Tomas Winkler21c0cbe2008-03-28 16:33:34 -0700306 * @beacon_int: beacon interval
Emmanuel Grumbach98f7dfd2008-07-18 13:52:59 +0800307 * @assoc_capability: capabilities taken from assoc resp
Johannes Berg96dd22a2008-09-11 00:01:57 +0200308 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates, each bit stands for an
309 * index into the rate table configured by the driver in
310 * the current band.
Alexander Bondar817cee72013-05-19 14:23:57 +0300311 * @beacon_rate: associated AP's beacon TX rate
Felix Fietkaudd5b4cc2010-11-22 20:58:24 +0100312 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled)
Johannes Berg2d0ddec2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200313 * @bssid: The BSSID for this BSS
314 * @enable_beacon: whether beaconing should be enabled or not
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100315 * @chandef: Channel definition for this BSS -- the hardware might be
316 * configured a higher bandwidth than this BSS uses, for example.
Johannes Berg074d46d2012-03-15 19:45:16 +0100317 * @ht_operation_mode: HT operation mode like in &struct ieee80211_ht_operation.
Johannes Berg9ed6bcc2009-05-08 20:47:39 +0200318 * This field is only valid when the channel type is one of the HT types.
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200319 * @cqm_rssi_thold: Connection quality monitor RSSI threshold, a zero value
320 * implies disabled
321 * @cqm_rssi_hyst: Connection quality monitor RSSI hysteresis
Juuso Oikarinen68542962010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300322 * @arp_addr_list: List of IPv4 addresses for hardware ARP filtering. The
323 * may filter ARP queries targeted for other addresses than listed here.
324 * The driver must allow ARP queries targeted for all address listed here
325 * to pass through. An empty list implies no ARP queries need to pass.
Johannes Berg0f19b412013-01-14 16:39:07 +0100326 * @arp_addr_cnt: Number of addresses currently on the list. Note that this
327 * may be larger than %IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN (the arp_addr_list
328 * array size), it's up to the driver what to do in that case.
Johannes Berg4ced3f72010-07-19 16:39:04 +0200329 * @qos: This is a QoS-enabled BSS.
Johannes Berg7da7cc12010-08-05 17:02:38 +0200330 * @idle: This interface is idle. There's also a global idle flag in the
331 * hardware config which may be more appropriate depending on what
332 * your driver/device needs to do.
Eliad Pellerab095872012-07-27 12:33:22 +0300333 * @ps: power-save mode (STA only). This flag is NOT affected by
334 * offchannel/dynamic_ps operations.
Marek Puzyniak0ca54f62013-04-10 13:19:13 +0200335 * @ssid: The SSID of the current vif. Valid in AP and IBSS mode.
Arik Nemtsov78274932011-09-04 11:11:32 +0300336 * @ssid_len: Length of SSID given in @ssid.
337 * @hidden_ssid: The SSID of the current vif is hidden. Only valid in AP-mode.
Johannes Berg1ea6f9c2012-10-24 10:59:25 +0200338 * @txpower: TX power in dBm
Janusz Dziedzic67baf662013-03-21 15:47:56 +0100339 * @p2p_noa_attr: P2P NoA attribute for P2P powersave
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100340 */
341struct ieee80211_bss_conf {
Johannes Berg2d0ddec2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200342 const u8 *bssid;
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100343 /* association related data */
Johannes Berg8fc214b2010-04-28 17:40:43 +0200344 bool assoc, ibss_joined;
Sujith Manoharanc13a7652012-10-12 17:35:45 +0530345 bool ibss_creator;
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100346 u16 aid;
347 /* erp related data */
348 bool use_cts_prot;
349 bool use_short_preamble;
Jouni Malinen9f1ba902008-08-07 20:07:01 +0300350 bool use_short_slot;
Johannes Berg2d0ddec2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200351 bool enable_beacon;
Emmanuel Grumbach98f7dfd2008-07-18 13:52:59 +0800352 u8 dtim_period;
Tomas Winkler21c0cbe2008-03-28 16:33:34 -0700353 u16 beacon_int;
354 u16 assoc_capability;
Johannes Berg8c358bc2012-05-22 22:13:05 +0200355 u64 sync_tsf;
356 u32 sync_device_ts;
Johannes Bergef429da2013-02-05 17:48:40 +0100357 u8 sync_dtim_count;
Johannes Berg881d9482009-01-21 15:13:48 +0100358 u32 basic_rates;
Alexander Bondar817cee72013-05-19 14:23:57 +0300359 struct ieee80211_rate *beacon_rate;
Felix Fietkaudd5b4cc2010-11-22 20:58:24 +0100360 int mcast_rate[IEEE80211_NUM_BANDS];
Johannes Berg9ed6bcc2009-05-08 20:47:39 +0200361 u16 ht_operation_mode;
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200362 s32 cqm_rssi_thold;
363 u32 cqm_rssi_hyst;
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100364 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
Juuso Oikarinen68542962010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300365 __be32 arp_addr_list[IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN];
Johannes Berg0f19b412013-01-14 16:39:07 +0100366 int arp_addr_cnt;
Johannes Berg4ced3f72010-07-19 16:39:04 +0200367 bool qos;
Johannes Berg7da7cc12010-08-05 17:02:38 +0200368 bool idle;
Eliad Pellerab095872012-07-27 12:33:22 +0300369 bool ps;
Arik Nemtsov78274932011-09-04 11:11:32 +0300370 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
371 size_t ssid_len;
372 bool hidden_ssid;
Johannes Berg1ea6f9c2012-10-24 10:59:25 +0200373 int txpower;
Janusz Dziedzic67baf662013-03-21 15:47:56 +0100374 struct ieee80211_p2p_noa_attr p2p_noa_attr;
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100375};
376
Ron Rindjunsky11f4b1c2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800377/**
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -0700378 * enum mac80211_tx_control_flags - flags to describe transmission information/status
Ron Rindjunsky11f4b1c2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800379 *
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -0700380 * These flags are used with the @flags member of &ieee80211_tx_info.
Ron Rindjunsky11f4b1c2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800381 *
Johannes Berg7351c6b2009-11-19 01:08:30 +0100382 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS: require TX status callback for this frame.
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200383 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_ASSIGN_SEQ: The driver has to assign a sequence
384 * number to this frame, taking care of not overwriting the fragment
385 * number and increasing the sequence number only when the
386 * IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT flag is set. mac80211 will properly
387 * assign sequence numbers to QoS-data frames but cannot do so correctly
388 * for non-QoS-data and management frames because beacons need them from
389 * that counter as well and mac80211 cannot guarantee proper sequencing.
390 * If this flag is set, the driver should instruct the hardware to
391 * assign a sequence number to the frame or assign one itself. Cf. IEEE
392 * 802.11-2007 7.1.3.4.1 paragraph 3. This flag will always be set for
393 * beacons and always be clear for frames without a sequence number field.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200394 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK: tell the low level not to wait for an ack
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200395 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT: clear powersave filter for destination
396 * station
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200397 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT: this is a first fragment of the frame
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200398 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM: send this frame after DTIM beacon
399 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU: this frame should be sent as part of an A-MPDU
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200400 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_INJECTED: Frame was injected, internal to mac80211.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200401 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED: The frame was not transmitted
Johannes Bergab5b5342009-08-07 16:28:09 +0200402 * because the destination STA was in powersave mode. Note that to
403 * avoid race conditions, the filter must be set by the hardware or
404 * firmware upon receiving a frame that indicates that the station
405 * went to sleep (must be done on device to filter frames already on
406 * the queue) and may only be unset after mac80211 gives the OK for
407 * that by setting the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT (see above),
408 * since only then is it guaranteed that no more frames are in the
409 * hardware queue.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200410 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK: Frame was acknowledged
411 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU: The frame was aggregated, so status
412 * is for the whole aggregation.
Ron Rindjunsky429a3802008-07-01 14:16:03 +0300413 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK: no block ack was returned,
414 * so consider using block ack request (BAR).
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200415 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE: internal to mac80211, can be
416 * set by rate control algorithms to indicate probe rate, will
417 * be cleared for fragmented frames (except on the last fragment)
Seth Forshee6c17b772013-02-11 11:21:07 -0600418 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK: Internal to mac80211. Used to indicate
419 * that a frame can be transmitted while the queues are stopped for
420 * off-channel operation.
Johannes Bergcd8ffc82009-03-23 17:28:41 +0100421 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING: completely internal to mac80211,
422 * used to indicate that a pending frame requires TX processing before
423 * it can be sent out.
Johannes Berg8f77f382009-06-07 21:58:37 +0200424 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED: completely internal to mac80211,
425 * used to indicate that a frame was already retried due to PS
Johannes Berg3b8d81e02009-06-17 17:43:56 +0200426 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT: completely internal to mac80211,
427 * used to indicate frame should not be encrypted
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +0100428 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER: This frame is a response to a poll
429 * frame (PS-Poll or uAPSD) or a non-bufferable MMPDU and must
430 * be sent although the station is in powersave mode.
Johannes Bergad5351d2009-08-07 16:42:15 +0200431 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES: More frames will be passed to the
432 * transmit function after the current frame, this can be used
433 * by drivers to kick the DMA queue only if unset or when the
434 * queue gets full.
Johannes Bergc6fcf6b2010-01-17 01:47:59 +0100435 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRANSMISSION: This frame is being retransmitted
436 * after TX status because the destination was asleep, it must not
437 * be modified again (no seqno assignment, crypto, etc.)
Johannes Berg1672c0e32013-01-29 15:02:27 +0100438 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_MLME_CONN_TX: This frame was transmitted by the MLME
439 * code for connection establishment, this indicates that its status
440 * should kick the MLME state machine.
Jouni Malinen026331c2010-02-15 12:53:10 +0200441 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX: Frame was requested through nl80211
442 * MLME command (internal to mac80211 to figure out whether to send TX
443 * status to user space)
Luis R. Rodriguez0a56bd02010-04-15 17:39:37 -0400444 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC: tells the driver to use LDPC for this frame
Felix Fietkauf79d9ba2010-04-19 19:57:35 +0200445 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC: Enables Space-Time Block Coding (STBC) for this
446 * frame and selects the maximum number of streams that it can use.
Johannes Berg610dbc92011-01-06 22:36:44 +0100447 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN: Marks this packet to be transmitted on
448 * the off-channel channel when a remain-on-channel offload is done
449 * in hardware -- normal packets still flow and are expected to be
450 * handled properly by the device.
Jouni Malinen681d1192011-02-03 18:35:19 +0200451 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_TKIP_MIC_FAILURE: Marks this packet to be used for TKIP
452 * testing. It will be sent out with incorrect Michael MIC key to allow
453 * TKIP countermeasures to be tested.
Rajkumar Manoharanaad14ce2011-09-25 14:53:31 +0530454 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_CCK_RATE: This frame will be sent at non CCK rate.
455 * This flag is actually used for management frame especially for P2P
456 * frames not being sent at CCK rate in 2GHz band.
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +0200457 * @IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP: This packet marks the end of service period,
458 * when its status is reported the service period ends. For frames in
459 * an SP that mac80211 transmits, it is already set; for driver frames
Johannes Bergdeeaee12011-09-29 16:04:35 +0200460 * the driver may set this flag. It is also used to do the same for
461 * PS-Poll responses.
Rajkumar Manoharanb6f35302011-09-29 20:34:04 +0530462 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_USE_MINRATE: This frame will be sent at lowest rate.
463 * This flag is used to send nullfunc frame at minimum rate when
464 * the nullfunc is used for connection monitoring purpose.
Johannes Berga26eb272011-10-07 14:01:25 +0200465 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_DONTFRAG: Don't fragment this packet even if it
466 * would be fragmented by size (this is optional, only used for
467 * monitor injection).
Felix Fietkaud6d23de22013-06-04 12:15:42 +0200468 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_PS_RESPONSE: This frame is a response to a poll
469 * frame (PS-Poll or uAPSD).
Christian Lampartereb7d3062010-09-21 21:36:18 +0200470 *
471 * Note: If you have to add new flags to the enumeration, then don't
472 * forget to update %IEEE80211_TX_TEMPORARY_FLAGS when necessary.
Ron Rindjunsky11f4b1c2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800473 */
474enum mac80211_tx_control_flags {
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200475 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS = BIT(0),
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200476 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_ASSIGN_SEQ = BIT(1),
477 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK = BIT(2),
478 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT = BIT(3),
479 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT = BIT(4),
480 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM = BIT(5),
481 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU = BIT(6),
482 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_INJECTED = BIT(7),
483 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED = BIT(8),
484 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK = BIT(9),
485 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU = BIT(10),
486 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK = BIT(11),
487 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE = BIT(12),
Seth Forshee6c17b772013-02-11 11:21:07 -0600488 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK = BIT(13),
Johannes Bergcd8ffc82009-03-23 17:28:41 +0100489 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING = BIT(14),
Johannes Berg8f77f382009-06-07 21:58:37 +0200490 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED = BIT(15),
Johannes Berg3b8d81e02009-06-17 17:43:56 +0200491 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT = BIT(16),
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +0100492 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER = BIT(17),
Johannes Bergad5351d2009-08-07 16:42:15 +0200493 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES = BIT(18),
Johannes Bergc6fcf6b2010-01-17 01:47:59 +0100494 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRANSMISSION = BIT(19),
Johannes Berg1672c0e32013-01-29 15:02:27 +0100495 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_MLME_CONN_TX = BIT(20),
Jouni Malinen026331c2010-02-15 12:53:10 +0200496 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX = BIT(21),
Luis R. Rodriguez0a56bd02010-04-15 17:39:37 -0400497 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC = BIT(22),
Felix Fietkauf79d9ba2010-04-19 19:57:35 +0200498 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC = BIT(23) | BIT(24),
Johannes Berg21f83582010-12-18 17:20:47 +0100499 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN = BIT(25),
Jouni Malinen681d1192011-02-03 18:35:19 +0200500 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_TKIP_MIC_FAILURE = BIT(26),
Rajkumar Manoharanaad14ce2011-09-25 14:53:31 +0530501 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_CCK_RATE = BIT(27),
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +0200502 IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP = BIT(28),
Rajkumar Manoharanb6f35302011-09-29 20:34:04 +0530503 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_USE_MINRATE = BIT(29),
Johannes Berga26eb272011-10-07 14:01:25 +0200504 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_DONTFRAG = BIT(30),
Felix Fietkaud6d23de22013-06-04 12:15:42 +0200505 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_PS_RESPONSE = BIT(31),
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200506};
507
Johannes Bergabe37c42010-06-07 11:12:27 +0200508#define IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC_SHIFT 23
509
Christian Lampartereb7d3062010-09-21 21:36:18 +0200510/*
511 * This definition is used as a mask to clear all temporary flags, which are
512 * set by the tx handlers for each transmission attempt by the mac80211 stack.
513 */
514#define IEEE80211_TX_TEMPORARY_FLAGS (IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK | \
515 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT | \
516 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU | \
517 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK | \
518 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK | \
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +0100519 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER | \
Christian Lampartereb7d3062010-09-21 21:36:18 +0200520 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC | \
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +0200521 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC | IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP)
Christian Lampartereb7d3062010-09-21 21:36:18 +0200522
Sujith2134e7e2009-01-22 09:00:52 +0530523/**
524 * enum mac80211_rate_control_flags - per-rate flags set by the
525 * Rate Control algorithm.
526 *
527 * These flags are set by the Rate control algorithm for each rate during tx,
528 * in the @flags member of struct ieee80211_tx_rate.
529 *
530 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_RTS_CTS: Use RTS/CTS exchange for this rate.
531 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_CTS_PROTECT: CTS-to-self protection is required.
532 * This is set if the current BSS requires ERP protection.
533 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Use short preamble.
534 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS: HT rate.
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100535 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS: VHT MCS rate, in this case the idx field is split
536 * into a higher 4 bits (Nss) and lower 4 bits (MCS number)
Sujith2134e7e2009-01-22 09:00:52 +0530537 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_GREEN_FIELD: Indicates whether this rate should be used in
538 * Greenfield mode.
539 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_40_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates if the Channel Width should be 40 MHz.
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100540 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_80_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates 80 MHz transmission
541 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_160_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates 160 MHz transmission
542 * (80+80 isn't supported yet)
Sujith2134e7e2009-01-22 09:00:52 +0530543 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_DUP_DATA: The frame should be transmitted on both of the
544 * adjacent 20 MHz channels, if the current channel type is
545 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS or NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS.
546 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_SHORT_GI: Short Guard interval should be used for this rate.
547 */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200548enum mac80211_rate_control_flags {
549 IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_RTS_CTS = BIT(0),
550 IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_CTS_PROTECT = BIT(1),
551 IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = BIT(2),
552
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100553 /* rate index is an HT/VHT MCS instead of an index */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200554 IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS = BIT(3),
555 IEEE80211_TX_RC_GREEN_FIELD = BIT(4),
556 IEEE80211_TX_RC_40_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(5),
557 IEEE80211_TX_RC_DUP_DATA = BIT(6),
558 IEEE80211_TX_RC_SHORT_GI = BIT(7),
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100559 IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS = BIT(8),
560 IEEE80211_TX_RC_80_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(9),
561 IEEE80211_TX_RC_160_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(10),
Ron Rindjunsky11f4b1c2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800562};
563
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200564
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200565/* there are 40 bytes if you don't need the rateset to be kept */
566#define IEEE80211_TX_INFO_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE 40
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200567
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200568/* if you do need the rateset, then you have less space */
569#define IEEE80211_TX_INFO_RATE_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE 24
570
571/* maximum number of rate stages */
Thomas Huehne3e1a0b2012-07-02 19:46:16 +0200572#define IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES 4
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200573
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +0200574/* maximum number of rate table entries */
575#define IEEE80211_TX_RATE_TABLE_SIZE 4
576
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200577/**
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200578 * struct ieee80211_tx_rate - rate selection/status
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200579 *
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200580 * @idx: rate index to attempt to send with
581 * @flags: rate control flags (&enum mac80211_rate_control_flags)
Johannes Berge25cf4a2008-10-23 08:51:20 +0200582 * @count: number of tries in this rate before going to the next rate
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200583 *
584 * A value of -1 for @idx indicates an invalid rate and, if used
585 * in an array of retry rates, that no more rates should be tried.
586 *
587 * When used for transmit status reporting, the driver should
588 * always report the rate along with the flags it used.
Johannes Bergc555b9b2009-08-07 16:23:43 +0200589 *
590 * &struct ieee80211_tx_info contains an array of these structs
591 * in the control information, and it will be filled by the rate
592 * control algorithm according to what should be sent. For example,
593 * if this array contains, in the format { <idx>, <count> } the
594 * information
595 * { 3, 2 }, { 2, 2 }, { 1, 4 }, { -1, 0 }, { -1, 0 }
596 * then this means that the frame should be transmitted
597 * up to twice at rate 3, up to twice at rate 2, and up to four
598 * times at rate 1 if it doesn't get acknowledged. Say it gets
599 * acknowledged by the peer after the fifth attempt, the status
600 * information should then contain
601 * { 3, 2 }, { 2, 2 }, { 1, 1 }, { -1, 0 } ...
602 * since it was transmitted twice at rate 3, twice at rate 2
603 * and once at rate 1 after which we received an acknowledgement.
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200604 */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200605struct ieee80211_tx_rate {
606 s8 idx;
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100607 u16 count:5,
608 flags:11;
Gustavo F. Padovan3f30fc12010-07-21 10:59:58 +0000609} __packed;
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200610
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100611#define IEEE80211_MAX_TX_RETRY 31
612
613static inline void ieee80211_rate_set_vht(struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate,
614 u8 mcs, u8 nss)
615{
616 WARN_ON(mcs & ~0xF);
Karl Beldan6bc83122013-04-15 17:09:29 +0200617 WARN_ON((nss - 1) & ~0x7);
618 rate->idx = ((nss - 1) << 4) | mcs;
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100619}
620
621static inline u8
622ieee80211_rate_get_vht_mcs(const struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate)
623{
624 return rate->idx & 0xF;
625}
626
627static inline u8
628ieee80211_rate_get_vht_nss(const struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate)
629{
Karl Beldan6bc83122013-04-15 17:09:29 +0200630 return (rate->idx >> 4) + 1;
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100631}
632
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200633/**
634 * struct ieee80211_tx_info - skb transmit information
Ivo van Doorn1c014422008-04-17 19:41:02 +0200635 *
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200636 * This structure is placed in skb->cb for three uses:
637 * (1) mac80211 TX control - mac80211 tells the driver what to do
638 * (2) driver internal use (if applicable)
639 * (3) TX status information - driver tells mac80211 what happened
640 *
641 * @flags: transmit info flags, defined above
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200642 * @band: the band to transmit on (use for checking for races)
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +0200643 * @hw_queue: HW queue to put the frame on, skb_get_queue_mapping() gives the AC
Johannes Berga729cff2011-11-06 14:13:34 +0100644 * @ack_frame_id: internal frame ID for TX status, used internally
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -0700645 * @control: union for control data
646 * @status: union for status data
647 * @driver_data: array of driver_data pointers
Felix Fietkau599bf6a2009-11-15 23:07:30 +0100648 * @ampdu_ack_len: number of acked aggregated frames.
Daniel Halperin93d95b12010-04-18 09:28:18 -0700649 * relevant only if IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU was set.
Felix Fietkau599bf6a2009-11-15 23:07:30 +0100650 * @ampdu_len: number of aggregated frames.
Daniel Halperin93d95b12010-04-18 09:28:18 -0700651 * relevant only if IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU was set.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200652 * @ack_signal: signal strength of the ACK frame
Ivo van Doorn1c014422008-04-17 19:41:02 +0200653 */
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200654struct ieee80211_tx_info {
655 /* common information */
656 u32 flags;
657 u8 band;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200658
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +0200659 u8 hw_queue;
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +0100660
Johannes Berga729cff2011-11-06 14:13:34 +0100661 u16 ack_frame_id;
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +0100662
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200663 union {
664 struct {
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200665 union {
666 /* rate control */
667 struct {
668 struct ieee80211_tx_rate rates[
669 IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
670 s8 rts_cts_rate_idx;
Felix Fietkau991fec02013-04-16 13:38:43 +0200671 u8 use_rts:1;
672 u8 use_cts_prot:1;
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +0200673 u8 short_preamble:1;
674 u8 skip_table:1;
Felix Fietkau991fec02013-04-16 13:38:43 +0200675 /* 2 bytes free */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200676 };
677 /* only needed before rate control */
678 unsigned long jiffies;
679 };
Johannes Berg25d834e2008-09-12 22:52:47 +0200680 /* NB: vif can be NULL for injected frames */
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200681 struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
682 struct ieee80211_key_conf *hw_key;
Thomas Huehn36323f82012-07-23 21:33:42 +0200683 /* 8 bytes free */
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200684 } control;
685 struct {
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200686 struct ieee80211_tx_rate rates[IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200687 int ack_signal;
Thomas Huehne3e1a0b2012-07-02 19:46:16 +0200688 u8 ampdu_ack_len;
Felix Fietkau599bf6a2009-11-15 23:07:30 +0100689 u8 ampdu_len;
Johannes Bergd748b462012-03-28 11:04:23 +0200690 u8 antenna;
Thomas Huehne3e1a0b2012-07-02 19:46:16 +0200691 /* 21 bytes free */
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200692 } status;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200693 struct {
694 struct ieee80211_tx_rate driver_rates[
695 IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +0200696 u8 pad[4];
697
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200698 void *rate_driver_data[
699 IEEE80211_TX_INFO_RATE_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE / sizeof(void *)];
700 };
701 void *driver_data[
702 IEEE80211_TX_INFO_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE / sizeof(void *)];
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200703 };
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700704};
705
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +0300706/**
Randy Dunlapbdfbe802011-05-22 17:22:45 -0700707 * struct ieee80211_sched_scan_ies - scheduled scan IEs
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +0300708 *
709 * This structure is used to pass the appropriate IEs to be used in scheduled
710 * scans for all bands. It contains both the IEs passed from the userspace
711 * and the ones generated by mac80211.
712 *
713 * @ie: array with the IEs for each supported band
714 * @len: array with the total length of the IEs for each band
715 */
716struct ieee80211_sched_scan_ies {
717 u8 *ie[IEEE80211_NUM_BANDS];
718 size_t len[IEEE80211_NUM_BANDS];
719};
720
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200721static inline struct ieee80211_tx_info *IEEE80211_SKB_CB(struct sk_buff *skb)
722{
723 return (struct ieee80211_tx_info *)skb->cb;
724}
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400725
Johannes Bergf1d58c22009-06-17 13:13:00 +0200726static inline struct ieee80211_rx_status *IEEE80211_SKB_RXCB(struct sk_buff *skb)
727{
728 return (struct ieee80211_rx_status *)skb->cb;
729}
730
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200731/**
732 * ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status - clear TX status
733 *
734 * @info: The &struct ieee80211_tx_info to be cleared.
735 *
736 * When the driver passes an skb back to mac80211, it must report
737 * a number of things in TX status. This function clears everything
738 * in the TX status but the rate control information (it does clear
739 * the count since you need to fill that in anyway).
740 *
741 * NOTE: You can only use this function if you do NOT use
742 * info->driver_data! Use info->rate_driver_data
743 * instead if you need only the less space that allows.
744 */
745static inline void
746ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status(struct ieee80211_tx_info *info)
747{
748 int i;
749
750 BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) !=
751 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, control.rates));
752 BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) !=
753 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, driver_rates));
754 BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) != 8);
755 /* clear the rate counts */
756 for (i = 0; i < IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES; i++)
757 info->status.rates[i].count = 0;
758
759 BUILD_BUG_ON(
Thomas Huehne3e1a0b2012-07-02 19:46:16 +0200760 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.ack_signal) != 20);
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200761 memset(&info->status.ampdu_ack_len, 0,
762 sizeof(struct ieee80211_tx_info) -
763 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.ampdu_ack_len));
764}
765
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400766
767/**
768 * enum mac80211_rx_flags - receive flags
769 *
770 * These flags are used with the @flag member of &struct ieee80211_rx_status.
771 * @RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR: Michael MIC error was reported on this frame.
772 * Use together with %RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED.
773 * @RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED: This frame was decrypted in hardware.
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400774 * @RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED: the Michael MIC is stripped off this frame,
775 * verification has been done by the hardware.
776 * @RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED: The IV/ICV are stripped from this frame.
777 * If this flag is set, the stack cannot do any replay detection
778 * hence the driver or hardware will have to do that.
Johannes Berg72abd812007-09-17 01:29:22 -0400779 * @RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC: Set this flag if the FCS check failed on
780 * the frame.
781 * @RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC: Set this flag if the PCLP check failed on
782 * the frame.
Thomas Pedersenf4bda332012-11-13 10:46:27 -0800783 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
Johannes Berg6ebacbb2011-02-23 15:06:08 +0100784 * field) is valid and contains the time the first symbol of the MPDU
785 * was received. This is useful in monitor mode and for proper IBSS
786 * merging.
Thomas Pedersenf4bda332012-11-13 10:46:27 -0800787 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
788 * field) is valid and contains the time the last symbol of the MPDU
789 * (including FCS) was received.
Bruno Randolfb4f28bb2008-07-30 17:19:55 +0200790 * @RX_FLAG_SHORTPRE: Short preamble was used for this frame
Jouni Malinen0fb8ca42008-12-12 14:38:33 +0200791 * @RX_FLAG_HT: HT MCS was used and rate_idx is MCS index
Johannes Berg56146182012-11-09 15:07:02 +0100792 * @RX_FLAG_VHT: VHT MCS was used and rate_index is MCS index
Jouni Malinen0fb8ca42008-12-12 14:38:33 +0200793 * @RX_FLAG_40MHZ: HT40 (40 MHz) was used
Johannes Berg56146182012-11-09 15:07:02 +0100794 * @RX_FLAG_80MHZ: 80 MHz was used
795 * @RX_FLAG_80P80MHZ: 80+80 MHz was used
796 * @RX_FLAG_160MHZ: 160 MHz was used
Jouni Malinen0fb8ca42008-12-12 14:38:33 +0200797 * @RX_FLAG_SHORT_GI: Short guard interval was used
Felix Fietkaufe8431f2012-03-01 18:00:07 +0100798 * @RX_FLAG_NO_SIGNAL_VAL: The signal strength value is not present.
799 * Valid only for data frames (mainly A-MPDU)
Johannes Bergac55d2f2012-05-10 09:09:10 +0200800 * @RX_FLAG_HT_GF: This frame was received in a HT-greenfield transmission, if
801 * the driver fills this value it should add %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_FMT
802 * to hw.radiotap_mcs_details to advertise that fact
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +0200803 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DETAILS: A-MPDU details are known, in particular the reference
804 * number (@ampdu_reference) must be populated and be a distinct number for
805 * each A-MPDU
806 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_REPORT_ZEROLEN: driver reports 0-length subframes
807 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_IS_ZEROLEN: This is a zero-length subframe, for
808 * monitoring purposes only
809 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_LAST_KNOWN: last subframe is known, should be set on all
810 * subframes of a single A-MPDU
811 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_IS_LAST: this subframe is the last subframe of the A-MPDU
812 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_ERROR: A delimiter CRC error has been detected
813 * on this subframe
814 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_KNOWN: The delimiter CRC field is known (the CRC
815 * is stored in the @ampdu_delimiter_crc field)
Oleksij Rempel786677d2013-05-24 12:05:45 +0200816 * @RX_FLAG_STBC_MASK: STBC 2 bit bitmask. 1 - Nss=1, 2 - Nss=2, 3 - Nss=3
Simon Wunderlicha5e70692013-07-08 16:55:52 +0200817 * @RX_FLAG_10MHZ: 10 MHz (half channel) was used
818 * @RX_FLAG_5MHZ: 5 MHz (quarter channel) was used
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400819 */
820enum mac80211_rx_flags {
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +0200821 RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR = BIT(0),
822 RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED = BIT(1),
823 RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED = BIT(3),
824 RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED = BIT(4),
825 RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC = BIT(5),
826 RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC = BIT(6),
Thomas Pedersenf4bda332012-11-13 10:46:27 -0800827 RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START = BIT(7),
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +0200828 RX_FLAG_SHORTPRE = BIT(8),
829 RX_FLAG_HT = BIT(9),
830 RX_FLAG_40MHZ = BIT(10),
831 RX_FLAG_SHORT_GI = BIT(11),
832 RX_FLAG_NO_SIGNAL_VAL = BIT(12),
833 RX_FLAG_HT_GF = BIT(13),
834 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DETAILS = BIT(14),
835 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_REPORT_ZEROLEN = BIT(15),
836 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_IS_ZEROLEN = BIT(16),
837 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_LAST_KNOWN = BIT(17),
838 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_IS_LAST = BIT(18),
839 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_ERROR = BIT(19),
840 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_KNOWN = BIT(20),
Thomas Pedersenf4bda332012-11-13 10:46:27 -0800841 RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END = BIT(21),
Johannes Berg56146182012-11-09 15:07:02 +0100842 RX_FLAG_VHT = BIT(22),
843 RX_FLAG_80MHZ = BIT(23),
844 RX_FLAG_80P80MHZ = BIT(24),
845 RX_FLAG_160MHZ = BIT(25),
Oleksij Rempel786677d2013-05-24 12:05:45 +0200846 RX_FLAG_STBC_MASK = BIT(26) | BIT(27),
Simon Wunderlicha5e70692013-07-08 16:55:52 +0200847 RX_FLAG_10MHZ = BIT(28),
848 RX_FLAG_5MHZ = BIT(29),
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400849};
850
Oleksij Rempel786677d2013-05-24 12:05:45 +0200851#define RX_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT 26
852
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400853/**
854 * struct ieee80211_rx_status - receive status
855 *
856 * The low-level driver should provide this information (the subset
857 * supported by hardware) to the 802.11 code with each received
Johannes Bergf1d58c22009-06-17 13:13:00 +0200858 * frame, in the skb's control buffer (cb).
Bruno Randolf566bfe52008-05-08 19:15:40 +0200859 *
Bruno Randolfc132bec2008-02-18 11:20:51 +0900860 * @mactime: value in microseconds of the 64-bit Time Synchronization Function
861 * (TSF) timer when the first data symbol (MPDU) arrived at the hardware.
Johannes Berg8c358bc2012-05-22 22:13:05 +0200862 * @device_timestamp: arbitrary timestamp for the device, mac80211 doesn't use
863 * it but can store it and pass it back to the driver for synchronisation
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +0100864 * @band: the active band when this frame was received
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400865 * @freq: frequency the radio was tuned to when receiving this frame, in MHz
Bruno Randolf566bfe52008-05-08 19:15:40 +0200866 * @signal: signal strength when receiving this frame, either in dBm, in dB or
867 * unspecified depending on the hardware capabilities flags
868 * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_*
Felix Fietkauef0621e2013-04-22 16:29:31 +0200869 * @chains: bitmask of receive chains for which separate signal strength
870 * values were filled.
871 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength, in dBm (unlike @signal, doesn't
872 * support dB or unspecified units)
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400873 * @antenna: antenna used
Jouni Malinen0fb8ca42008-12-12 14:38:33 +0200874 * @rate_idx: index of data rate into band's supported rates or MCS index if
Johannes Berg56146182012-11-09 15:07:02 +0100875 * HT or VHT is used (%RX_FLAG_HT/%RX_FLAG_VHT)
876 * @vht_nss: number of streams (VHT only)
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400877 * @flag: %RX_FLAG_*
Johannes Berg554891e2010-09-24 12:38:25 +0200878 * @rx_flags: internal RX flags for mac80211
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +0200879 * @ampdu_reference: A-MPDU reference number, must be a different value for
880 * each A-MPDU but the same for each subframe within one A-MPDU
881 * @ampdu_delimiter_crc: A-MPDU delimiter CRC
Johannes Berg90b9e4462012-11-16 10:09:08 +0100882 * @vendor_radiotap_bitmap: radiotap vendor namespace presence bitmap
883 * @vendor_radiotap_len: radiotap vendor namespace length
884 * @vendor_radiotap_align: radiotap vendor namespace alignment. Note
885 * that the actual data must be at the start of the SKB data
886 * already.
887 * @vendor_radiotap_oui: radiotap vendor namespace OUI
888 * @vendor_radiotap_subns: radiotap vendor sub namespace
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400889 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700890struct ieee80211_rx_status {
891 u64 mactime;
Johannes Berg8c358bc2012-05-22 22:13:05 +0200892 u32 device_timestamp;
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +0200893 u32 ampdu_reference;
894 u32 flag;
Johannes Berg90b9e4462012-11-16 10:09:08 +0100895 u32 vendor_radiotap_bitmap;
896 u16 vendor_radiotap_len;
Johannes Berg30f42292012-07-05 13:14:18 +0200897 u16 freq;
898 u8 rate_idx;
Johannes Berg56146182012-11-09 15:07:02 +0100899 u8 vht_nss;
Johannes Berg30f42292012-07-05 13:14:18 +0200900 u8 rx_flags;
901 u8 band;
902 u8 antenna;
903 s8 signal;
Felix Fietkauef0621e2013-04-22 16:29:31 +0200904 u8 chains;
905 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +0200906 u8 ampdu_delimiter_crc;
Johannes Berg90b9e4462012-11-16 10:09:08 +0100907 u8 vendor_radiotap_align;
908 u8 vendor_radiotap_oui[3];
909 u8 vendor_radiotap_subns;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700910};
911
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400912/**
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400913 * enum ieee80211_conf_flags - configuration flags
914 *
915 * Flags to define PHY configuration options
916 *
Johannes Berg0869aea2009-10-28 10:03:35 +0100917 * @IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR: there's a monitor interface present -- use this
918 * to determine for example whether to calculate timestamps for packets
919 * or not, do not use instead of filter flags!
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +0200920 * @IEEE80211_CONF_PS: Enable 802.11 power save mode (managed mode only).
921 * This is the power save mode defined by IEEE 802.11-2007 section 11.2,
922 * meaning that the hardware still wakes up for beacons, is able to
923 * transmit frames and receive the possible acknowledgment frames.
924 * Not to be confused with hardware specific wakeup/sleep states,
925 * driver is responsible for that. See the section "Powersave support"
926 * for more.
Johannes Berg5cff20e2009-04-29 12:26:17 +0200927 * @IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE: The device is running, but idle; if the flag is set
928 * the driver should be prepared to handle configuration requests but
929 * may turn the device off as much as possible. Typically, this flag will
930 * be set when an interface is set UP but not associated or scanning, but
931 * it can also be unset in that case when monitor interfaces are active.
Felix Fietkau45521242010-07-28 02:40:49 +0200932 * @IEEE80211_CONF_OFFCHANNEL: The device is currently not on its main
933 * operating channel.
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400934 */
935enum ieee80211_conf_flags {
Johannes Berg0869aea2009-10-28 10:03:35 +0100936 IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR = (1<<0),
Johannes Bergae5eb022008-10-14 16:58:37 +0200937 IEEE80211_CONF_PS = (1<<1),
Johannes Berg5cff20e2009-04-29 12:26:17 +0200938 IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE = (1<<2),
Felix Fietkau45521242010-07-28 02:40:49 +0200939 IEEE80211_CONF_OFFCHANNEL = (1<<3),
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400940};
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700941
Johannes Berg7a5158e2008-10-08 10:59:33 +0200942
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700943/**
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +0200944 * enum ieee80211_conf_changed - denotes which configuration changed
945 *
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +0200946 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL: the listen interval changed
Johannes Berg0869aea2009-10-28 10:03:35 +0100947 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_MONITOR: the monitor flag changed
Johannes Berge255d5e2009-04-22 12:40:07 +0200948 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS: the PS flag or dynamic PS timeout changed
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +0200949 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER: the TX power changed
Johannes Berg47979382009-01-07 10:13:27 +0100950 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL: the channel/channel_type changed
Johannes Berg9124b072008-10-14 19:17:54 +0200951 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS: retry limits changed
Johannes Berg5cff20e2009-04-29 12:26:17 +0200952 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE: Idle flag changed
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +0100953 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS: Spatial multiplexing powersave mode changed
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +0200954 * Note that this is only valid if channel contexts are not used,
955 * otherwise each channel context has the number of chains listed.
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +0200956 */
957enum ieee80211_conf_changed {
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +0100958 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS = BIT(1),
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +0200959 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL = BIT(2),
Johannes Berg0869aea2009-10-28 10:03:35 +0100960 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_MONITOR = BIT(3),
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +0200961 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS = BIT(4),
Johannes Berge255d5e2009-04-22 12:40:07 +0200962 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER = BIT(5),
963 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL = BIT(6),
964 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS = BIT(7),
Johannes Berg5cff20e2009-04-29 12:26:17 +0200965 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE = BIT(8),
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +0200966};
967
968/**
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +0100969 * enum ieee80211_smps_mode - spatial multiplexing power save mode
970 *
Kalle Valo9d173fc2010-01-14 13:09:14 +0200971 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_AUTOMATIC: automatic
972 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_OFF: off
973 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC: static
974 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic
975 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_NUM_MODES: internal, don't use
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +0100976 */
977enum ieee80211_smps_mode {
978 IEEE80211_SMPS_AUTOMATIC,
979 IEEE80211_SMPS_OFF,
980 IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC,
981 IEEE80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
982
983 /* keep last */
984 IEEE80211_SMPS_NUM_MODES,
985};
986
987/**
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700988 * struct ieee80211_conf - configuration of the device
989 *
990 * This struct indicates how the driver shall configure the hardware.
991 *
Johannes Berg04fe2032009-04-22 18:44:37 +0200992 * @flags: configuration flags defined above
993 *
Tomas Winklerea95bba2008-07-18 13:53:00 +0800994 * @listen_interval: listen interval in units of beacon interval
Johannes Berg9ccebe62009-04-23 10:32:36 +0200995 * @max_sleep_period: the maximum number of beacon intervals to sleep for
Johannes Berg04fe2032009-04-22 18:44:37 +0200996 * before checking the beacon for a TIM bit (managed mode only); this
997 * value will be only achievable between DTIM frames, the hardware
998 * needs to check for the multicast traffic bit in DTIM beacons.
999 * This variable is valid only when the CONF_PS flag is set.
Johannes Berg56007a02010-01-26 14:19:52 +01001000 * @ps_dtim_period: The DTIM period of the AP we're connected to, for use
1001 * in power saving. Power saving will not be enabled until a beacon
1002 * has been received and the DTIM period is known.
Johannes Berg04fe2032009-04-22 18:44:37 +02001003 * @dynamic_ps_timeout: The dynamic powersave timeout (in ms), see the
1004 * powersave documentation below. This variable is valid only when
1005 * the CONF_PS flag is set.
1006 *
Johannes Berg1ea6f9c2012-10-24 10:59:25 +02001007 * @power_level: requested transmit power (in dBm), backward compatibility
1008 * value only that is set to the minimum of all interfaces
Johannes Berg04fe2032009-04-22 18:44:37 +02001009 *
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01001010 * @chandef: the channel definition to tune to
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +01001011 * @radar_enabled: whether radar detection is enabled
Johannes Berg04fe2032009-04-22 18:44:37 +02001012 *
Johannes Berg9124b072008-10-14 19:17:54 +02001013 * @long_frame_max_tx_count: Maximum number of transmissions for a "long" frame
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02001014 * (a frame not RTS protected), called "dot11LongRetryLimit" in 802.11,
1015 * but actually means the number of transmissions not the number of retries
Johannes Berg9124b072008-10-14 19:17:54 +02001016 * @short_frame_max_tx_count: Maximum number of transmissions for a "short"
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02001017 * frame, called "dot11ShortRetryLimit" in 802.11, but actually means the
1018 * number of transmissions not the number of retries
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001019 *
1020 * @smps_mode: spatial multiplexing powersave mode; note that
1021 * %IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC is used when the device is not
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +02001022 * configured for an HT channel.
1023 * Note that this is only valid if channel contexts are not used,
1024 * otherwise each channel context has the number of chains listed.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001025 */
1026struct ieee80211_conf {
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001027 u32 flags;
Juuso Oikarinenff616382010-06-09 09:51:52 +03001028 int power_level, dynamic_ps_timeout;
Johannes Berg9ccebe62009-04-23 10:32:36 +02001029 int max_sleep_period;
Ron Rindjunsky10816d42007-11-26 16:14:30 +02001030
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001031 u16 listen_interval;
Johannes Berg56007a02010-01-26 14:19:52 +01001032 u8 ps_dtim_period;
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001033
Johannes Berg9124b072008-10-14 19:17:54 +02001034 u8 long_frame_max_tx_count, short_frame_max_tx_count;
1035
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01001036 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +01001037 bool radar_enabled;
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001038 enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001039};
1040
1041/**
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001042 * struct ieee80211_channel_switch - holds the channel switch data
1043 *
1044 * The information provided in this structure is required for channel switch
1045 * operation.
1046 *
1047 * @timestamp: value in microseconds of the 64-bit Time Synchronization
1048 * Function (TSF) timer when the frame containing the channel switch
1049 * announcement was received. This is simply the rx.mactime parameter
1050 * the driver passed into mac80211.
1051 * @block_tx: Indicates whether transmission must be blocked before the
1052 * scheduled channel switch, as indicated by the AP.
Johannes Berg85220d72013-03-25 18:29:27 +01001053 * @chandef: the new channel to switch to
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001054 * @count: the number of TBTT's until the channel switch event
1055 */
1056struct ieee80211_channel_switch {
1057 u64 timestamp;
1058 bool block_tx;
Johannes Berg85220d72013-03-25 18:29:27 +01001059 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001060 u8 count;
1061};
1062
1063/**
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001064 * enum ieee80211_vif_flags - virtual interface flags
1065 *
1066 * @IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER: the device performs beacon filtering
1067 * on this virtual interface to avoid unnecessary CPU wakeups
Johannes Bergea086352012-01-19 09:29:58 +01001068 * @IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI: the device can do connection quality
1069 * monitoring on this virtual interface -- i.e. it can monitor
1070 * connection quality related parameters, such as the RSSI level and
1071 * provide notifications if configured trigger levels are reached.
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001072 */
1073enum ieee80211_vif_flags {
1074 IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER = BIT(0),
Johannes Bergea086352012-01-19 09:29:58 +01001075 IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI = BIT(1),
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001076};
1077
1078/**
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001079 * struct ieee80211_vif - per-interface data
1080 *
1081 * Data in this structure is continually present for driver
1082 * use during the life of a virtual interface.
1083 *
Johannes Berg51fb61e2007-12-19 01:31:27 +01001084 * @type: type of this virtual interface
Johannes Bergbda39332008-10-11 01:51:51 +02001085 * @bss_conf: BSS configuration for this interface, either our own
1086 * or the BSS we're associated to
Johannes Berg47846c92009-11-25 17:46:19 +01001087 * @addr: address of this interface
Johannes Berg2ca27bc2010-09-16 14:58:23 +02001088 * @p2p: indicates whether this AP or STA interface is a p2p
1089 * interface, i.e. a GO or p2p-sta respectively
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02001090 * @csa_active: marks whether a channel switch is going on
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001091 * @driver_flags: flags/capabilities the driver has for this interface,
1092 * these need to be set (or cleared) when the interface is added
1093 * or, if supported by the driver, the interface type is changed
1094 * at runtime, mac80211 will never touch this field
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02001095 * @hw_queue: hardware queue for each AC
1096 * @cab_queue: content-after-beacon (DTIM beacon really) queue, AP mode only
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +02001097 * @chanctx_conf: The channel context this interface is assigned to, or %NULL
1098 * when it is not assigned. This pointer is RCU-protected due to the TX
1099 * path needing to access it; even though the netdev carrier will always
1100 * be off when it is %NULL there can still be races and packets could be
1101 * processed after it switches back to %NULL.
Stanislaw Gruszkaddbfe862013-03-08 14:46:14 +01001102 * @debugfs_dir: debugfs dentry, can be used by drivers to create own per
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02001103 * interface debug files. Note that it will be NULL for the virtual
Stanislaw Gruszkaddbfe862013-03-08 14:46:14 +01001104 * monitor interface (if that is requested.)
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001105 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
1106 * sizeof(void *).
1107 */
1108struct ieee80211_vif {
Johannes Berg05c914f2008-09-11 00:01:58 +02001109 enum nl80211_iftype type;
Johannes Bergbda39332008-10-11 01:51:51 +02001110 struct ieee80211_bss_conf bss_conf;
Johannes Berg47846c92009-11-25 17:46:19 +01001111 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
Johannes Berg2ca27bc2010-09-16 14:58:23 +02001112 bool p2p;
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02001113 bool csa_active;
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02001114
1115 u8 cab_queue;
1116 u8 hw_queue[IEEE80211_NUM_ACS];
1117
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +02001118 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf __rcu *chanctx_conf;
1119
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001120 u32 driver_flags;
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02001121
Stanislaw Gruszkaddbfe862013-03-08 14:46:14 +01001122#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS
1123 struct dentry *debugfs_dir;
1124#endif
1125
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001126 /* must be last */
Johannes Berg1c06ef92012-12-28 12:22:02 +01001127 u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001128};
1129
Johannes Berg902acc72008-02-23 15:17:19 +01001130static inline bool ieee80211_vif_is_mesh(struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
1131{
1132#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_MESH
Johannes Berg05c914f2008-09-11 00:01:58 +02001133 return vif->type == NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT;
Johannes Berg902acc72008-02-23 15:17:19 +01001134#endif
1135 return false;
1136}
1137
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001138/**
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001139 * enum ieee80211_key_flags - key flags
1140 *
1141 * These flags are used for communication about keys between the driver
1142 * and mac80211, with the @flags parameter of &struct ieee80211_key_conf.
1143 *
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001144 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV: This flag should be set by the
1145 * driver to indicate that it requires IV generation for this
1146 * particular key.
1147 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC: This flag should be set by
1148 * the driver for a TKIP key if it requires Michael MIC
1149 * generation in software.
Ivo van Doornc6adbd22008-04-17 21:11:18 +02001150 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE: Set by mac80211, this flag indicates
1151 * that the key is pairwise rather then a shared key.
Johannes Berge548c492012-09-04 17:08:23 +02001152 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX: This flag should be set by the driver for a
Jouni Malinen1f7d77a2009-01-08 13:32:10 +02001153 * CCMP key if it requires CCMP encryption of management frames (MFP) to
1154 * be done in software.
Arik Nemtsov077a9152011-10-23 08:21:41 +02001155 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_IV_SPACE: This flag should be set by the driver
Janusz.Dziedzic@tieto.comee701082012-05-09 08:11:20 +03001156 * if space should be prepared for the IV, but the IV
Arik Nemtsov077a9152011-10-23 08:21:41 +02001157 * itself should not be generated. Do not set together with
1158 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV on the same key.
Johannes Berge548c492012-09-04 17:08:23 +02001159 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RX_MGMT: This key will be used to decrypt received
1160 * management frames. The flag can help drivers that have a hardware
1161 * crypto implementation that doesn't deal with management frames
1162 * properly by allowing them to not upload the keys to hardware and
1163 * fall back to software crypto. Note that this flag deals only with
1164 * RX, if your crypto engine can't deal with TX you can also set the
1165 * %IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX flag to encrypt such frames in SW.
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001166 */
1167enum ieee80211_key_flags {
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001168 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV = 1<<1,
1169 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC= 1<<2,
Ivo van Doornc6adbd22008-04-17 21:11:18 +02001170 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE = 1<<3,
Johannes Berge548c492012-09-04 17:08:23 +02001171 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX = 1<<4,
Arik Nemtsov077a9152011-10-23 08:21:41 +02001172 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_IV_SPACE = 1<<5,
Johannes Berge548c492012-09-04 17:08:23 +02001173 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RX_MGMT = 1<<6,
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001174};
1175
1176/**
1177 * struct ieee80211_key_conf - key information
1178 *
1179 * This key information is given by mac80211 to the driver by
1180 * the set_key() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops.
1181 *
1182 * @hw_key_idx: To be set by the driver, this is the key index the driver
1183 * wants to be given when a frame is transmitted and needs to be
Johannes Berg6a7664d2007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001184 * encrypted in hardware.
Johannes Berg97359d12010-08-10 09:46:38 +02001185 * @cipher: The key's cipher suite selector.
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001186 * @flags: key flags, see &enum ieee80211_key_flags.
1187 * @keyidx: the key index (0-3)
1188 * @keylen: key material length
Luis R. Rodriguezffd78912008-06-21 10:02:46 -04001189 * @key: key material. For ALG_TKIP the key is encoded as a 256-bit (32 byte)
1190 * data block:
1191 * - Temporal Encryption Key (128 bits)
1192 * - Temporal Authenticator Tx MIC Key (64 bits)
1193 * - Temporal Authenticator Rx MIC Key (64 bits)
Johannes Bergdc822b52008-12-29 12:55:09 +01001194 * @icv_len: The ICV length for this key type
1195 * @iv_len: The IV length for this key type
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001196 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001197struct ieee80211_key_conf {
Johannes Berg97359d12010-08-10 09:46:38 +02001198 u32 cipher;
Felix Fietkau76708de2008-10-05 18:02:48 +02001199 u8 icv_len;
1200 u8 iv_len;
Johannes Berg6a7664d2007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001201 u8 hw_key_idx;
Johannes Berg11a843b2007-08-28 17:01:55 -04001202 u8 flags;
Johannes Berg11a843b2007-08-28 17:01:55 -04001203 s8 keyidx;
Johannes Berg11a843b2007-08-28 17:01:55 -04001204 u8 keylen;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001205 u8 key[0];
1206};
1207
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001208/**
1209 * enum set_key_cmd - key command
1210 *
1211 * Used with the set_key() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops, this
1212 * indicates whether a key is being removed or added.
1213 *
1214 * @SET_KEY: a key is set
1215 * @DISABLE_KEY: a key must be disabled
1216 */
Johannes Bergea49c352007-09-18 17:29:21 -04001217enum set_key_cmd {
Johannes Berg11a843b2007-08-28 17:01:55 -04001218 SET_KEY, DISABLE_KEY,
Johannes Bergea49c352007-09-18 17:29:21 -04001219};
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001220
Tomas Winkler478f8d22007-09-30 13:52:37 +02001221/**
Johannes Bergf09603a2012-01-20 13:55:21 +01001222 * enum ieee80211_sta_state - station state
1223 *
1224 * @IEEE80211_STA_NOTEXIST: station doesn't exist at all,
1225 * this is a special state for add/remove transitions
1226 * @IEEE80211_STA_NONE: station exists without special state
1227 * @IEEE80211_STA_AUTH: station is authenticated
1228 * @IEEE80211_STA_ASSOC: station is associated
1229 * @IEEE80211_STA_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
1230 */
1231enum ieee80211_sta_state {
1232 /* NOTE: These need to be ordered correctly! */
1233 IEEE80211_STA_NOTEXIST,
1234 IEEE80211_STA_NONE,
1235 IEEE80211_STA_AUTH,
1236 IEEE80211_STA_ASSOC,
1237 IEEE80211_STA_AUTHORIZED,
1238};
1239
1240/**
Johannes Berge1a0c6b2013-02-07 11:47:44 +01001241 * enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth - station RX bandwidth
1242 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_20: station can only receive 20 MHz
1243 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_40: station can receive up to 40 MHz
1244 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_80: station can receive up to 80 MHz
1245 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_160: station can receive up to 160 MHz
1246 * (including 80+80 MHz)
1247 *
1248 * Implementation note: 20 must be zero to be initialized
1249 * correctly, the values must be sorted.
1250 */
1251enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth {
1252 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_20 = 0,
1253 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_40,
1254 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_80,
1255 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_160,
1256};
1257
1258/**
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02001259 * struct ieee80211_sta_rates - station rate selection table
1260 *
1261 * @rcu_head: RCU head used for freeing the table on update
Robert P. J. Day03f831a2013-05-02 07:15:09 -04001262 * @rate: transmit rates/flags to be used by default.
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02001263 * Overriding entries per-packet is possible by using cb tx control.
1264 */
1265struct ieee80211_sta_rates {
1266 struct rcu_head rcu_head;
1267 struct {
1268 s8 idx;
1269 u8 count;
1270 u8 count_cts;
1271 u8 count_rts;
1272 u16 flags;
1273 } rate[IEEE80211_TX_RATE_TABLE_SIZE];
1274};
1275
1276/**
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02001277 * struct ieee80211_sta - station table entry
1278 *
1279 * A station table entry represents a station we are possibly
1280 * communicating with. Since stations are RCU-managed in
1281 * mac80211, any ieee80211_sta pointer you get access to must
1282 * either be protected by rcu_read_lock() explicitly or implicitly,
1283 * or you must take good care to not use such a pointer after a
Johannes Berg34e89502010-02-03 13:59:58 +01001284 * call to your sta_remove callback that removed it.
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02001285 *
1286 * @addr: MAC address
1287 * @aid: AID we assigned to the station if we're an AP
Johannes Berg323ce792008-09-11 02:45:11 +02001288 * @supp_rates: Bitmap of supported rates (per band)
Johannes Berg55d942f2013-03-01 13:07:48 +01001289 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities of this STA; restricted to our own capabilities
1290 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities of this STA; restricted to our own capabilities
Arik Nemtsov39df6002011-06-27 23:58:45 +03001291 * @wme: indicates whether the STA supports WME. Only valid during AP-mode.
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02001292 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
1293 * sizeof(void *), size is determined in hw information.
Eliad Peller910868d2011-09-11 09:46:55 +03001294 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Only valid
1295 * if wme is supported.
1296 * @max_sp: max Service Period. Only valid if wme is supported.
Johannes Berge1a0c6b2013-02-07 11:47:44 +01001297 * @bandwidth: current bandwidth the station can receive with
Johannes Berg8921d042012-12-27 18:26:42 +01001298 * @rx_nss: in HT/VHT, the maximum number of spatial streams the
1299 * station can receive at the moment, changed by operating mode
1300 * notifications and capabilities. The value is only valid after
1301 * the station moves to associated state.
Johannes Bergaf0ed692013-02-12 14:21:00 +01001302 * @smps_mode: current SMPS mode (off, static or dynamic)
Robert P. J. Day03f831a2013-05-02 07:15:09 -04001303 * @rates: rate control selection table
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02001304 */
1305struct ieee80211_sta {
Johannes Berg881d9482009-01-21 15:13:48 +01001306 u32 supp_rates[IEEE80211_NUM_BANDS];
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02001307 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
1308 u16 aid;
Johannes Bergd9fe60d2008-10-09 12:13:49 +02001309 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap;
Mahesh Palivela818255e2012-10-10 11:33:04 +00001310 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap;
Arik Nemtsov39df6002011-06-27 23:58:45 +03001311 bool wme;
Eliad Peller9533b4a2011-08-23 14:37:47 +03001312 u8 uapsd_queues;
1313 u8 max_sp;
Johannes Berg8921d042012-12-27 18:26:42 +01001314 u8 rx_nss;
Johannes Berge1a0c6b2013-02-07 11:47:44 +01001315 enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth bandwidth;
Johannes Bergaf0ed692013-02-12 14:21:00 +01001316 enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02001317 struct ieee80211_sta_rates __rcu *rates;
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02001318
1319 /* must be last */
Johannes Berg1c06ef92012-12-28 12:22:02 +01001320 u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02001321};
1322
1323/**
Tomas Winkler478f8d22007-09-30 13:52:37 +02001324 * enum sta_notify_cmd - sta notify command
1325 *
1326 * Used with the sta_notify() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops, this
Sujith38a6cc72010-05-19 11:32:30 +05301327 * indicates if an associated station made a power state transition.
Tomas Winkler478f8d22007-09-30 13:52:37 +02001328 *
Christian Lamparter4571d3b2008-11-30 00:48:41 +01001329 * @STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP: a station is now sleeping
1330 * @STA_NOTIFY_AWAKE: a sleeping station woke up
1331 */
Christian Lamparter89fad572008-12-09 16:28:06 +01001332enum sta_notify_cmd {
Christian Lamparter4571d3b2008-11-30 00:48:41 +01001333 STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP, STA_NOTIFY_AWAKE,
1334};
1335
1336/**
Thomas Huehn36323f82012-07-23 21:33:42 +02001337 * struct ieee80211_tx_control - TX control data
1338 *
1339 * @sta: station table entry, this sta pointer may be NULL and
1340 * it is not allowed to copy the pointer, due to RCU.
1341 */
1342struct ieee80211_tx_control {
1343 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
1344};
1345
1346/**
Johannes Berg1bc08262007-09-18 17:29:15 -04001347 * enum ieee80211_hw_flags - hardware flags
1348 *
1349 * These flags are used to indicate hardware capabilities to
1350 * the stack. Generally, flags here should have their meaning
1351 * done in a way that the simplest hardware doesn't need setting
1352 * any particular flags. There are some exceptions to this rule,
1353 * however, so you are advised to review these flags carefully.
1354 *
Johannes Bergaf65cd962009-11-17 18:18:36 +01001355 * @IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL:
1356 * The hardware or firmware includes rate control, and cannot be
1357 * controlled by the stack. As such, no rate control algorithm
1358 * should be instantiated, and the TX rate reported to userspace
1359 * will be taken from the TX status instead of the rate control
1360 * algorithm.
1361 * Note that this requires that the driver implement a number of
1362 * callbacks so it has the correct information, it needs to have
1363 * the @set_rts_threshold callback and must look at the BSS config
1364 * @use_cts_prot for G/N protection, @use_short_slot for slot
1365 * timing in 2.4 GHz and @use_short_preamble for preambles for
1366 * CCK frames.
1367 *
Johannes Berg1bc08262007-09-18 17:29:15 -04001368 * @IEEE80211_HW_RX_INCLUDES_FCS:
1369 * Indicates that received frames passed to the stack include
1370 * the FCS at the end.
1371 *
1372 * @IEEE80211_HW_HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING:
1373 * Some wireless LAN chipsets buffer broadcast/multicast frames
1374 * for power saving stations in the hardware/firmware and others
1375 * rely on the host system for such buffering. This option is used
1376 * to configure the IEEE 802.11 upper layer to buffer broadcast and
1377 * multicast frames when there are power saving stations so that
Luis R. Rodriguez546c80c92008-08-14 11:43:20 -07001378 * the driver can fetch them with ieee80211_get_buffered_bc().
Johannes Berg1bc08262007-09-18 17:29:15 -04001379 *
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01001380 * @IEEE80211_HW_2GHZ_SHORT_SLOT_INCAPABLE:
1381 * Hardware is not capable of short slot operation on the 2.4 GHz band.
1382 *
1383 * @IEEE80211_HW_2GHZ_SHORT_PREAMBLE_INCAPABLE:
1384 * Hardware is not capable of receiving frames with short preamble on
1385 * the 2.4 GHz band.
Bruno Randolf566bfe52008-05-08 19:15:40 +02001386 *
1387 * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC:
1388 * Hardware can provide signal values but we don't know its units. We
1389 * expect values between 0 and @max_signal.
1390 * If possible please provide dB or dBm instead.
1391 *
Bruno Randolf566bfe52008-05-08 19:15:40 +02001392 * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM:
1393 * Hardware gives signal values in dBm, decibel difference from
1394 * one milliwatt. This is the preferred method since it is standardized
1395 * between different devices. @max_signal does not need to be set.
1396 *
Tomas Winkler06ff47b2008-06-18 17:53:44 +03001397 * @IEEE80211_HW_SPECTRUM_MGMT:
1398 * Hardware supports spectrum management defined in 802.11h
1399 * Measurement, Channel Switch, Quieting, TPC
Sujith8b30b1f2008-10-24 09:55:27 +05301400 *
1401 * @IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_AGGREGATION:
1402 * Hardware supports 11n A-MPDU aggregation.
Kalle Valo520eb822008-12-18 23:35:27 +02001403 *
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01001404 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS:
1405 * Hardware has power save support (i.e. can go to sleep).
1406 *
1407 * @IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK:
1408 * Hardware requires nullfunc frame handling in stack, implies
1409 * stack support for dynamic PS.
1410 *
1411 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS:
1412 * Hardware has support for dynamic PS.
Jouni Malinen4375d082009-01-08 13:32:11 +02001413 *
1414 * @IEEE80211_HW_MFP_CAPABLE:
1415 * Hardware supports management frame protection (MFP, IEEE 802.11w).
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02001416 *
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001417 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_STATIC_SMPS:
1418 * Hardware supports static spatial multiplexing powersave,
1419 * ie. can turn off all but one chain even on HT connections
1420 * that should be using more chains.
1421 *
1422 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_SMPS:
1423 * Hardware supports dynamic spatial multiplexing powersave,
1424 * ie. can turn off all but one chain and then wake the rest
1425 * up as required after, for example, rts/cts handshake.
Kalle Valoab133152010-01-12 10:42:31 +02001426 *
1427 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_UAPSD:
1428 * Hardware supports Unscheduled Automatic Power Save Delivery
1429 * (U-APSD) in managed mode. The mode is configured with
1430 * conf_tx() operation.
Vivek Natarajan375177b2010-02-09 14:50:28 +05301431 *
1432 * @IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS:
1433 * Hardware can provide ack status reports of Tx frames to
1434 * the stack.
1435 *
Juuso Oikarinen1e4dcd02010-03-19 07:14:53 +02001436 * @IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR:
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02001437 * The hardware performs its own connection monitoring, including
1438 * periodic keep-alives to the AP and probing the AP on beacon loss.
1439 * When this flag is set, signaling beacon-loss will cause an immediate
1440 * change to disassociated state.
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02001441 *
Emmanuel Grumbachc65dd142012-12-12 10:12:24 +02001442 * @IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC:
1443 * This device needs to get data from beacon before association (i.e.
1444 * dtim_period).
Johannes Berge31b8212010-10-05 19:39:30 +02001445 *
1446 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK: The device's crypto engine supports
1447 * per-station GTKs as used by IBSS RSN or during fast transition. If
1448 * the device doesn't support per-station GTKs, but can be asked not
1449 * to decrypt group addressed frames, then IBSS RSN support is still
1450 * possible but software crypto will be used. Advertise the wiphy flag
1451 * only in that case.
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02001452 *
1453 * @IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS: When operating in AP mode the device
1454 * autonomously manages the PS status of connected stations. When
1455 * this flag is set mac80211 will not trigger PS mode for connected
1456 * stations based on the PM bit of incoming frames.
1457 * Use ieee80211_start_ps()/ieee8021_end_ps() to manually configure
1458 * the PS mode of connected stations.
Arik Nemtsovedf6b782011-08-30 09:32:38 +03001459 *
1460 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMPDU_SETUP_IN_HW: The device handles TX A-MPDU session
1461 * setup strictly in HW. mac80211 should not attempt to do this in
1462 * software.
Eliad Peller885bd8e2012-02-02 17:44:55 +02001463 *
Johannes Berg4b6f1dd2012-04-03 14:35:57 +02001464 * @IEEE80211_HW_WANT_MONITOR_VIF: The driver would like to be informed of
1465 * a virtual monitor interface when monitor interfaces are the only
1466 * active interfaces.
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02001467 *
1468 * @IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL: The driver wants to control per-interface
1469 * queue mapping in order to use different queues (not just one per AC)
1470 * for different virtual interfaces. See the doc section on HW queue
1471 * control for more details.
Johannes Berg6d711172012-06-19 17:19:44 +02001472 *
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02001473 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE: The driver supports using a rate
1474 * selection table provided by the rate control algorithm.
1475 *
Johannes Berg6d711172012-06-19 17:19:44 +02001476 * @IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF: Use the P2P Device address for any
1477 * P2P Interface. This will be honoured even if more than one interface
1478 * is supported.
Johannes Bergef429da2013-02-05 17:48:40 +01001479 *
1480 * @IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY: Use sync timing from beacon frames
1481 * only, to allow getting TBTT of a DTIM beacon.
Johannes Berg1bc08262007-09-18 17:29:15 -04001482 */
1483enum ieee80211_hw_flags {
Johannes Bergaf65cd962009-11-17 18:18:36 +01001484 IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL = 1<<0,
Johannes Berg1bc08262007-09-18 17:29:15 -04001485 IEEE80211_HW_RX_INCLUDES_FCS = 1<<1,
1486 IEEE80211_HW_HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING = 1<<2,
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01001487 IEEE80211_HW_2GHZ_SHORT_SLOT_INCAPABLE = 1<<3,
1488 IEEE80211_HW_2GHZ_SHORT_PREAMBLE_INCAPABLE = 1<<4,
Bruno Randolf566bfe52008-05-08 19:15:40 +02001489 IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC = 1<<5,
Johannes Berg7fee5372009-01-30 11:13:06 +01001490 IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM = 1<<6,
Emmanuel Grumbachc65dd142012-12-12 10:12:24 +02001491 IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC = 1<<7,
Johannes Berg7fee5372009-01-30 11:13:06 +01001492 IEEE80211_HW_SPECTRUM_MGMT = 1<<8,
1493 IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_AGGREGATION = 1<<9,
1494 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS = 1<<10,
1495 IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK = 1<<11,
1496 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS = 1<<12,
1497 IEEE80211_HW_MFP_CAPABLE = 1<<13,
Johannes Berg4b6f1dd2012-04-03 14:35:57 +02001498 IEEE80211_HW_WANT_MONITOR_VIF = 1<<14,
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001499 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_STATIC_SMPS = 1<<15,
1500 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1<<16,
Kalle Valoab133152010-01-12 10:42:31 +02001501 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_UAPSD = 1<<17,
Vivek Natarajan375177b2010-02-09 14:50:28 +05301502 IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS = 1<<18,
Juuso Oikarinen1e4dcd02010-03-19 07:14:53 +02001503 IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR = 1<<19,
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02001504 IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL = 1<<20,
Johannes Berge31b8212010-10-05 19:39:30 +02001505 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK = 1<<21,
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02001506 IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS = 1<<22,
Arik Nemtsovedf6b782011-08-30 09:32:38 +03001507 IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMPDU_SETUP_IN_HW = 1<<23,
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02001508 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE = 1<<24,
Johannes Berg6d711172012-06-19 17:19:44 +02001509 IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF = 1<<25,
Johannes Bergef429da2013-02-05 17:48:40 +01001510 IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY = 1<<26,
Johannes Berg1bc08262007-09-18 17:29:15 -04001511};
1512
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001513/**
1514 * struct ieee80211_hw - hardware information and state
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001515 *
1516 * This structure contains the configuration and hardware
1517 * information for an 802.11 PHY.
1518 *
1519 * @wiphy: This points to the &struct wiphy allocated for this
1520 * 802.11 PHY. You must fill in the @perm_addr and @dev
1521 * members of this structure using SET_IEEE80211_DEV()
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01001522 * and SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR(). Additionally, all supported
1523 * bands (with channels, bitrates) are registered here.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001524 *
1525 * @conf: &struct ieee80211_conf, device configuration, don't use.
1526 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001527 * @priv: pointer to private area that was allocated for driver use
1528 * along with this structure.
1529 *
1530 * @flags: hardware flags, see &enum ieee80211_hw_flags.
1531 *
1532 * @extra_tx_headroom: headroom to reserve in each transmit skb
1533 * for use by the driver (e.g. for transmit headers.)
1534 *
1535 * @channel_change_time: time (in microseconds) it takes to change channels.
1536 *
Bruno Randolf566bfe52008-05-08 19:15:40 +02001537 * @max_signal: Maximum value for signal (rssi) in RX information, used
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02001538 * only when @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC or @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DB
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001539 *
Tomas Winklerea95bba2008-07-18 13:53:00 +08001540 * @max_listen_interval: max listen interval in units of beacon interval
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02001541 * that HW supports
Tomas Winklerea95bba2008-07-18 13:53:00 +08001542 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001543 * @queues: number of available hardware transmit queues for
Johannes Berge100bb62008-04-30 18:51:21 +02001544 * data packets. WMM/QoS requires at least four, these
1545 * queues need to have configurable access parameters.
1546 *
Johannes Berg830f9032007-10-28 14:51:05 +01001547 * @rate_control_algorithm: rate control algorithm for this hardware.
1548 * If unset (NULL), the default algorithm will be used. Must be
1549 * set before calling ieee80211_register_hw().
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001550 *
1551 * @vif_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
1552 * within &struct ieee80211_vif.
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02001553 * @sta_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
1554 * within &struct ieee80211_sta.
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +02001555 * @chanctx_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
1556 * within &struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf.
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +02001557 *
Helmut Schaa78be49e2010-10-02 11:31:55 +02001558 * @max_rates: maximum number of alternate rate retry stages the hw
1559 * can handle.
1560 * @max_report_rates: maximum number of alternate rate retry stages
1561 * the hw can report back.
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001562 * @max_rate_tries: maximum number of tries for each stage
John W. Linville4e6cbfd2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04001563 *
1564 * @napi_weight: weight used for NAPI polling. You must specify an
1565 * appropriate value here if a napi_poll operation is provided
1566 * by your driver.
Randy Dunlap858022a2011-03-18 09:33:02 -07001567 *
Luciano Coelhodf6ba5d2011-01-12 15:26:30 +02001568 * @max_rx_aggregation_subframes: maximum buffer size (number of
1569 * sub-frames) to be used for A-MPDU block ack receiver
1570 * aggregation.
1571 * This is only relevant if the device has restrictions on the
1572 * number of subframes, if it relies on mac80211 to do reordering
1573 * it shouldn't be set.
Johannes Berg5dd36bc2011-01-18 13:52:23 +01001574 *
1575 * @max_tx_aggregation_subframes: maximum number of subframes in an
1576 * aggregate an HT driver will transmit, used by the peer as a
1577 * hint to size its reorder buffer.
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02001578 *
1579 * @offchannel_tx_hw_queue: HW queue ID to use for offchannel TX
1580 * (if %IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL is set)
Johannes Bergac55d2f2012-05-10 09:09:10 +02001581 *
1582 * @radiotap_mcs_details: lists which MCS information can the HW
1583 * reports, by default it is set to _MCS, _GI and _BW but doesn't
1584 * include _FMT. Use %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_* values, only
1585 * adding _BW is supported today.
Arik Nemtsov72d78722012-05-10 16:18:26 +03001586 *
Johannes Berg51648922012-11-22 23:00:18 +01001587 * @radiotap_vht_details: lists which VHT MCS information the HW reports,
1588 * the default is _GI | _BANDWIDTH.
1589 * Use the %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_VHT_KNOWN_* values.
1590 *
Arik Nemtsov72d78722012-05-10 16:18:26 +03001591 * @netdev_features: netdev features to be set in each netdev created
1592 * from this HW. Note only HW checksum features are currently
1593 * compatible with mac80211. Other feature bits will be rejected.
Alexander Bondar219c3862013-01-22 16:52:23 +02001594 *
1595 * @uapsd_queues: This bitmap is included in (re)association frame to indicate
1596 * for each access category if it is uAPSD trigger-enabled and delivery-
1597 * enabled. Use IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_AC_* to set this bitmap.
1598 * Each bit corresponds to different AC. Value '1' in specific bit means
1599 * that corresponding AC is both trigger- and delivery-enabled. '0' means
1600 * neither enabled.
1601 *
1602 * @uapsd_max_sp_len: maximum number of total buffered frames the WMM AP may
1603 * deliver to a WMM STA during any Service Period triggered by the WMM STA.
1604 * Use IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_SP_* for correct values.
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001605 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001606struct ieee80211_hw {
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001607 struct ieee80211_conf conf;
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001608 struct wiphy *wiphy;
Johannes Berg830f9032007-10-28 14:51:05 +01001609 const char *rate_control_algorithm;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001610 void *priv;
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001611 u32 flags;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001612 unsigned int extra_tx_headroom;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001613 int channel_change_time;
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001614 int vif_data_size;
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02001615 int sta_data_size;
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +02001616 int chanctx_data_size;
John W. Linville4e6cbfd2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04001617 int napi_weight;
Tomas Winklerea95bba2008-07-18 13:53:00 +08001618 u16 queues;
Tomas Winklerea95bba2008-07-18 13:53:00 +08001619 u16 max_listen_interval;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001620 s8 max_signal;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001621 u8 max_rates;
Helmut Schaa78be49e2010-10-02 11:31:55 +02001622 u8 max_report_rates;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001623 u8 max_rate_tries;
Luciano Coelhodf6ba5d2011-01-12 15:26:30 +02001624 u8 max_rx_aggregation_subframes;
Johannes Berg5dd36bc2011-01-18 13:52:23 +01001625 u8 max_tx_aggregation_subframes;
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02001626 u8 offchannel_tx_hw_queue;
Johannes Bergac55d2f2012-05-10 09:09:10 +02001627 u8 radiotap_mcs_details;
Johannes Berg51648922012-11-22 23:00:18 +01001628 u16 radiotap_vht_details;
Arik Nemtsov72d78722012-05-10 16:18:26 +03001629 netdev_features_t netdev_features;
Alexander Bondar219c3862013-01-22 16:52:23 +02001630 u8 uapsd_queues;
1631 u8 uapsd_max_sp_len;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001632};
1633
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001634/**
Luis R. Rodriguez9a953712009-01-22 15:05:53 -08001635 * wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw - return a mac80211 driver hw struct from a wiphy
1636 *
1637 * @wiphy: the &struct wiphy which we want to query
1638 *
1639 * mac80211 drivers can use this to get to their respective
1640 * &struct ieee80211_hw. Drivers wishing to get to their own private
1641 * structure can then access it via hw->priv. Note that mac802111 drivers should
1642 * not use wiphy_priv() to try to get their private driver structure as this
1643 * is already used internally by mac80211.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01001644 *
1645 * Return: The mac80211 driver hw struct of @wiphy.
Luis R. Rodriguez9a953712009-01-22 15:05:53 -08001646 */
1647struct ieee80211_hw *wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw(struct wiphy *wiphy);
1648
1649/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001650 * SET_IEEE80211_DEV - set device for 802.11 hardware
1651 *
1652 * @hw: the &struct ieee80211_hw to set the device for
1653 * @dev: the &struct device of this 802.11 device
1654 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001655static inline void SET_IEEE80211_DEV(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct device *dev)
1656{
1657 set_wiphy_dev(hw->wiphy, dev);
1658}
1659
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001660/**
Bob Copelande37d4df2008-10-20 21:20:27 -04001661 * SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR - set the permanent MAC address for 802.11 hardware
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001662 *
1663 * @hw: the &struct ieee80211_hw to set the MAC address for
1664 * @addr: the address to set
1665 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001666static inline void SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 *addr)
1667{
1668 memcpy(hw->wiphy->perm_addr, addr, ETH_ALEN);
1669}
1670
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02001671static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
1672ieee80211_get_tx_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001673 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c)
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02001674{
Larry Fingeraa331df2012-04-06 16:35:53 -05001675 if (WARN_ON_ONCE(c->control.rates[0].idx < 0))
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02001676 return NULL;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001677 return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rates[0].idx];
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02001678}
1679
1680static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
1681ieee80211_get_rts_cts_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001682 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c)
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02001683{
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001684 if (c->control.rts_cts_rate_idx < 0)
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02001685 return NULL;
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001686 return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rts_cts_rate_idx];
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02001687}
1688
1689static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
1690ieee80211_get_alt_retry_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +02001691 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c, int idx)
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02001692{
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001693 if (c->control.rates[idx + 1].idx < 0)
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02001694 return NULL;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001695 return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rates[idx + 1].idx];
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02001696}
1697
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001698/**
Johannes Berg6096de72011-11-04 11:18:10 +01001699 * ieee80211_free_txskb - free TX skb
1700 * @hw: the hardware
1701 * @skb: the skb
1702 *
1703 * Free a transmit skb. Use this funtion when some failure
1704 * to transmit happened and thus status cannot be reported.
1705 */
1706void ieee80211_free_txskb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb);
1707
1708/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001709 * DOC: Hardware crypto acceleration
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04001710 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001711 * mac80211 is capable of taking advantage of many hardware
1712 * acceleration designs for encryption and decryption operations.
1713 *
1714 * The set_key() callback in the &struct ieee80211_ops for a given
1715 * device is called to enable hardware acceleration of encryption and
Johannes Bergdc822b52008-12-29 12:55:09 +01001716 * decryption. The callback takes a @sta parameter that will be NULL
1717 * for default keys or keys used for transmission only, or point to
1718 * the station information for the peer for individual keys.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001719 * Multiple transmission keys with the same key index may be used when
1720 * VLANs are configured for an access point.
1721 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001722 * When transmitting, the TX control data will use the @hw_key_idx
1723 * selected by the driver by modifying the &struct ieee80211_key_conf
1724 * pointed to by the @key parameter to the set_key() function.
1725 *
1726 * The set_key() call for the %SET_KEY command should return 0 if
1727 * the key is now in use, -%EOPNOTSUPP or -%ENOSPC if it couldn't be
1728 * added; if you return 0 then hw_key_idx must be assigned to the
1729 * hardware key index, you are free to use the full u8 range.
1730 *
1731 * When the cmd is %DISABLE_KEY then it must succeed.
1732 *
1733 * Note that it is permissible to not decrypt a frame even if a key
1734 * for it has been uploaded to hardware, the stack will not make any
1735 * decision based on whether a key has been uploaded or not but rather
1736 * based on the receive flags.
1737 *
1738 * The &struct ieee80211_key_conf structure pointed to by the @key
1739 * parameter is guaranteed to be valid until another call to set_key()
1740 * removes it, but it can only be used as a cookie to differentiate
1741 * keys.
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02001742 *
1743 * In TKIP some HW need to be provided a phase 1 key, for RX decryption
1744 * acceleration (i.e. iwlwifi). Those drivers should provide update_tkip_key
1745 * handler.
1746 * The update_tkip_key() call updates the driver with the new phase 1 key.
Lucas De Marchi25985ed2011-03-30 22:57:33 -03001747 * This happens every time the iv16 wraps around (every 65536 packets). The
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02001748 * set_key() call will happen only once for each key (unless the AP did
1749 * rekeying), it will not include a valid phase 1 key. The valid phase 1 key is
Bob Copelande37d4df2008-10-20 21:20:27 -04001750 * provided by update_tkip_key only. The trigger that makes mac80211 call this
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02001751 * handler is software decryption with wrap around of iv16.
Yoni Divinskyde5fad82012-05-30 11:36:39 +03001752 *
1753 * The set_default_unicast_key() call updates the default WEP key index
1754 * configured to the hardware for WEP encryption type. This is required
1755 * for devices that support offload of data packets (e.g. ARP responses).
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04001756 */
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04001757
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001758/**
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01001759 * DOC: Powersave support
1760 *
1761 * mac80211 has support for various powersave implementations.
1762 *
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02001763 * First, it can support hardware that handles all powersaving by itself,
1764 * such hardware should simply set the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS hardware
1765 * flag. In that case, it will be told about the desired powersave mode
1766 * with the %IEEE80211_CONF_PS flag depending on the association status.
1767 * The hardware must take care of sending nullfunc frames when necessary,
1768 * i.e. when entering and leaving powersave mode. The hardware is required
1769 * to look at the AID in beacons and signal to the AP that it woke up when
1770 * it finds traffic directed to it.
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01001771 *
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02001772 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS flag enabled means that the powersave mode defined in
1773 * IEEE 802.11-2007 section 11.2 is enabled. This is not to be confused
1774 * with hardware wakeup and sleep states. Driver is responsible for waking
Bob Copeland2738bd62010-08-21 16:39:01 -04001775 * up the hardware before issuing commands to the hardware and putting it
1776 * back to sleep at appropriate times.
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02001777 *
1778 * When PS is enabled, hardware needs to wakeup for beacons and receive the
1779 * buffered multicast/broadcast frames after the beacon. Also it must be
1780 * possible to send frames and receive the acknowledment frame.
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01001781 *
1782 * Other hardware designs cannot send nullfunc frames by themselves and also
1783 * need software support for parsing the TIM bitmap. This is also supported
1784 * by mac80211 by combining the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS and
1785 * %IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK flags. The hardware is of course still
Johannes Berg955394c2009-04-16 17:04:25 +02001786 * required to pass up beacons. The hardware is still required to handle
1787 * waking up for multicast traffic; if it cannot the driver must handle that
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02001788 * as best as it can, mac80211 is too slow to do that.
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01001789 *
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02001790 * Dynamic powersave is an extension to normal powersave in which the
1791 * hardware stays awake for a user-specified period of time after sending a
1792 * frame so that reply frames need not be buffered and therefore delayed to
1793 * the next wakeup. It's compromise of getting good enough latency when
1794 * there's data traffic and still saving significantly power in idle
1795 * periods.
1796 *
Bob Copeland2738bd62010-08-21 16:39:01 -04001797 * Dynamic powersave is simply supported by mac80211 enabling and disabling
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02001798 * PS based on traffic. Driver needs to only set %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS
1799 * flag and mac80211 will handle everything automatically. Additionally,
1800 * hardware having support for the dynamic PS feature may set the
1801 * %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS flag to indicate that it can support
1802 * dynamic PS mode itself. The driver needs to look at the
1803 * @dynamic_ps_timeout hardware configuration value and use it that value
1804 * whenever %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. In this case mac80211 will disable
1805 * dynamic PS feature in stack and will just keep %IEEE80211_CONF_PS
1806 * enabled whenever user has enabled powersave.
1807 *
1808 * Driver informs U-APSD client support by enabling
1809 * %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_UAPSD flag. The mode is configured through the
1810 * uapsd paramater in conf_tx() operation. Hardware needs to send the QoS
1811 * Nullfunc frames and stay awake until the service period has ended. To
1812 * utilize U-APSD, dynamic powersave is disabled for voip AC and all frames
1813 * from that AC are transmitted with powersave enabled.
1814 *
1815 * Note: U-APSD client mode is not yet supported with
1816 * %IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK.
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01001817 */
1818
1819/**
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02001820 * DOC: Beacon filter support
1821 *
1822 * Some hardware have beacon filter support to reduce host cpu wakeups
Justin P. Mattock42b2aa82011-11-28 20:31:00 -08001823 * which will reduce system power consumption. It usually works so that
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02001824 * the firmware creates a checksum of the beacon but omits all constantly
1825 * changing elements (TSF, TIM etc). Whenever the checksum changes the
1826 * beacon is forwarded to the host, otherwise it will be just dropped. That
1827 * way the host will only receive beacons where some relevant information
1828 * (for example ERP protection or WMM settings) have changed.
1829 *
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001830 * Beacon filter support is advertised with the %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER
1831 * interface capability. The driver needs to enable beacon filter support
Johannes Berg955394c2009-04-16 17:04:25 +02001832 * whenever power save is enabled, that is %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. When
1833 * power save is enabled, the stack will not check for beacon loss and the
1834 * driver needs to notify about loss of beacons with ieee80211_beacon_loss().
1835 *
1836 * The time (or number of beacons missed) until the firmware notifies the
1837 * driver of a beacon loss event (which in turn causes the driver to call
1838 * ieee80211_beacon_loss()) should be configurable and will be controlled
1839 * by mac80211 and the roaming algorithm in the future.
1840 *
1841 * Since there may be constantly changing information elements that nothing
1842 * in the software stack cares about, we will, in the future, have mac80211
1843 * tell the driver which information elements are interesting in the sense
1844 * that we want to see changes in them. This will include
1845 * - a list of information element IDs
1846 * - a list of OUIs for the vendor information element
1847 *
1848 * Ideally, the hardware would filter out any beacons without changes in the
1849 * requested elements, but if it cannot support that it may, at the expense
1850 * of some efficiency, filter out only a subset. For example, if the device
1851 * doesn't support checking for OUIs it should pass up all changes in all
1852 * vendor information elements.
1853 *
1854 * Note that change, for the sake of simplification, also includes information
1855 * elements appearing or disappearing from the beacon.
1856 *
1857 * Some hardware supports an "ignore list" instead, just make sure nothing
1858 * that was requested is on the ignore list, and include commonly changing
1859 * information element IDs in the ignore list, for example 11 (BSS load) and
1860 * the various vendor-assigned IEs with unknown contents (128, 129, 133-136,
1861 * 149, 150, 155, 156, 173, 176, 178, 179, 219); for forward compatibility
1862 * it could also include some currently unused IDs.
1863 *
1864 *
1865 * In addition to these capabilities, hardware should support notifying the
1866 * host of changes in the beacon RSSI. This is relevant to implement roaming
1867 * when no traffic is flowing (when traffic is flowing we see the RSSI of
1868 * the received data packets). This can consist in notifying the host when
1869 * the RSSI changes significantly or when it drops below or rises above
1870 * configurable thresholds. In the future these thresholds will also be
1871 * configured by mac80211 (which gets them from userspace) to implement
1872 * them as the roaming algorithm requires.
1873 *
1874 * If the hardware cannot implement this, the driver should ask it to
1875 * periodically pass beacon frames to the host so that software can do the
1876 * signal strength threshold checking.
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02001877 */
1878
1879/**
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001880 * DOC: Spatial multiplexing power save
1881 *
1882 * SMPS (Spatial multiplexing power save) is a mechanism to conserve
1883 * power in an 802.11n implementation. For details on the mechanism
1884 * and rationale, please refer to 802.11 (as amended by 802.11n-2009)
1885 * "11.2.3 SM power save".
1886 *
1887 * The mac80211 implementation is capable of sending action frames
1888 * to update the AP about the station's SMPS mode, and will instruct
1889 * the driver to enter the specific mode. It will also announce the
1890 * requested SMPS mode during the association handshake. Hardware
1891 * support for this feature is required, and can be indicated by
1892 * hardware flags.
1893 *
1894 * The default mode will be "automatic", which nl80211/cfg80211
1895 * defines to be dynamic SMPS in (regular) powersave, and SMPS
1896 * turned off otherwise.
1897 *
1898 * To support this feature, the driver must set the appropriate
1899 * hardware support flags, and handle the SMPS flag to the config()
1900 * operation. It will then with this mechanism be instructed to
1901 * enter the requested SMPS mode while associated to an HT AP.
1902 */
1903
1904/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001905 * DOC: Frame filtering
1906 *
1907 * mac80211 requires to see many management frames for proper
1908 * operation, and users may want to see many more frames when
1909 * in monitor mode. However, for best CPU usage and power consumption,
1910 * having as few frames as possible percolate through the stack is
1911 * desirable. Hence, the hardware should filter as much as possible.
1912 *
1913 * To achieve this, mac80211 uses filter flags (see below) to tell
1914 * the driver's configure_filter() function which frames should be
1915 * passed to mac80211 and which should be filtered out.
1916 *
Johannes Berg3ac64be2009-08-17 16:16:53 +02001917 * Before configure_filter() is invoked, the prepare_multicast()
1918 * callback is invoked with the parameters @mc_count and @mc_list
1919 * for the combined multicast address list of all virtual interfaces.
1920 * It's use is optional, and it returns a u64 that is passed to
1921 * configure_filter(). Additionally, configure_filter() has the
1922 * arguments @changed_flags telling which flags were changed and
1923 * @total_flags with the new flag states.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001924 *
1925 * If your device has no multicast address filters your driver will
1926 * need to check both the %FIF_ALLMULTI flag and the @mc_count
1927 * parameter to see whether multicast frames should be accepted
1928 * or dropped.
1929 *
Michael Bueschd0f5afb2008-02-12 20:12:45 +01001930 * All unsupported flags in @total_flags must be cleared.
1931 * Hardware does not support a flag if it is incapable of _passing_
1932 * the frame to the stack. Otherwise the driver must ignore
1933 * the flag, but not clear it.
1934 * You must _only_ clear the flag (announce no support for the
1935 * flag to mac80211) if you are not able to pass the packet type
1936 * to the stack (so the hardware always filters it).
1937 * So for example, you should clear @FIF_CONTROL, if your hardware
1938 * always filters control frames. If your hardware always passes
1939 * control frames to the kernel and is incapable of filtering them,
1940 * you do _not_ clear the @FIF_CONTROL flag.
1941 * This rule applies to all other FIF flags as well.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001942 */
1943
1944/**
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02001945 * DOC: AP support for powersaving clients
1946 *
1947 * In order to implement AP and P2P GO modes, mac80211 has support for
1948 * client powersaving, both "legacy" PS (PS-Poll/null data) and uAPSD.
1949 * There currently is no support for sAPSD.
1950 *
1951 * There is one assumption that mac80211 makes, namely that a client
1952 * will not poll with PS-Poll and trigger with uAPSD at the same time.
1953 * Both are supported, and both can be used by the same client, but
1954 * they can't be used concurrently by the same client. This simplifies
1955 * the driver code.
1956 *
1957 * The first thing to keep in mind is that there is a flag for complete
1958 * driver implementation: %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS. If this flag is set,
1959 * mac80211 expects the driver to handle most of the state machine for
1960 * powersaving clients and will ignore the PM bit in incoming frames.
1961 * Drivers then use ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() to inform mac80211 of
1962 * stations' powersave transitions. In this mode, mac80211 also doesn't
1963 * handle PS-Poll/uAPSD.
1964 *
1965 * In the mode without %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS, mac80211 will check the
1966 * PM bit in incoming frames for client powersave transitions. When a
1967 * station goes to sleep, we will stop transmitting to it. There is,
1968 * however, a race condition: a station might go to sleep while there is
1969 * data buffered on hardware queues. If the device has support for this
1970 * it will reject frames, and the driver should give the frames back to
1971 * mac80211 with the %IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED flag set which will
1972 * cause mac80211 to retry the frame when the station wakes up. The
1973 * driver is also notified of powersave transitions by calling its
1974 * @sta_notify callback.
1975 *
1976 * When the station is asleep, it has three choices: it can wake up,
1977 * it can PS-Poll, or it can possibly start a uAPSD service period.
1978 * Waking up is implemented by simply transmitting all buffered (and
1979 * filtered) frames to the station. This is the easiest case. When
1980 * the station sends a PS-Poll or a uAPSD trigger frame, mac80211
1981 * will inform the driver of this with the @allow_buffered_frames
1982 * callback; this callback is optional. mac80211 will then transmit
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +01001983 * the frames as usual and set the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02001984 * on each frame. The last frame in the service period (or the only
1985 * response to a PS-Poll) also has %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP set to
1986 * indicate that it ends the service period; as this frame must have
1987 * TX status report it also sets %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS.
1988 * When TX status is reported for this frame, the service period is
1989 * marked has having ended and a new one can be started by the peer.
1990 *
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +01001991 * Additionally, non-bufferable MMPDUs can also be transmitted by
1992 * mac80211 with the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER set in them.
1993 *
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02001994 * Another race condition can happen on some devices like iwlwifi
1995 * when there are frames queued for the station and it wakes up
1996 * or polls; the frames that are already queued could end up being
1997 * transmitted first instead, causing reordering and/or wrong
1998 * processing of the EOSP. The cause is that allowing frames to be
1999 * transmitted to a certain station is out-of-band communication to
2000 * the device. To allow this problem to be solved, the driver can
2001 * call ieee80211_sta_block_awake() if frames are buffered when it
2002 * is notified that the station went to sleep. When all these frames
2003 * have been filtered (see above), it must call the function again
2004 * to indicate that the station is no longer blocked.
2005 *
2006 * If the driver buffers frames in the driver for aggregation in any
2007 * way, it must use the ieee80211_sta_set_buffered() call when it is
2008 * notified of the station going to sleep to inform mac80211 of any
2009 * TIDs that have frames buffered. Note that when a station wakes up
2010 * this information is reset (hence the requirement to call it when
2011 * informed of the station going to sleep). Then, when a service
2012 * period starts for any reason, @release_buffered_frames is called
2013 * with the number of frames to be released and which TIDs they are
2014 * to come from. In this case, the driver is responsible for setting
2015 * the EOSP (for uAPSD) and MORE_DATA bits in the released frames,
2016 * to help the @more_data paramter is passed to tell the driver if
2017 * there is more data on other TIDs -- the TIDs to release frames
2018 * from are ignored since mac80211 doesn't know how many frames the
2019 * buffers for those TIDs contain.
2020 *
2021 * If the driver also implement GO mode, where absence periods may
2022 * shorten service periods (or abort PS-Poll responses), it must
2023 * filter those response frames except in the case of frames that
2024 * are buffered in the driver -- those must remain buffered to avoid
2025 * reordering. Because it is possible that no frames are released
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01002026 * in this case, the driver must call ieee80211_sta_eosp()
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02002027 * to indicate to mac80211 that the service period ended anyway.
2028 *
2029 * Finally, if frames from multiple TIDs are released from mac80211
2030 * but the driver might reorder them, it must clear & set the flags
2031 * appropriately (only the last frame may have %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP)
2032 * and also take care of the EOSP and MORE_DATA bits in the frame.
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01002033 * The driver may also use ieee80211_sta_eosp() in this case.
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02002034 */
2035
2036/**
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02002037 * DOC: HW queue control
2038 *
2039 * Before HW queue control was introduced, mac80211 only had a single static
2040 * assignment of per-interface AC software queues to hardware queues. This
2041 * was problematic for a few reasons:
2042 * 1) off-channel transmissions might get stuck behind other frames
2043 * 2) multiple virtual interfaces couldn't be handled correctly
2044 * 3) after-DTIM frames could get stuck behind other frames
2045 *
2046 * To solve this, hardware typically uses multiple different queues for all
2047 * the different usages, and this needs to be propagated into mac80211 so it
2048 * won't have the same problem with the software queues.
2049 *
2050 * Therefore, mac80211 now offers the %IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL capability
2051 * flag that tells it that the driver implements its own queue control. To do
2052 * so, the driver will set up the various queues in each &struct ieee80211_vif
2053 * and the offchannel queue in &struct ieee80211_hw. In response, mac80211 will
2054 * use those queue IDs in the hw_queue field of &struct ieee80211_tx_info and
2055 * if necessary will queue the frame on the right software queue that mirrors
2056 * the hardware queue.
2057 * Additionally, the driver has to then use these HW queue IDs for the queue
2058 * management functions (ieee80211_stop_queue() et al.)
2059 *
2060 * The driver is free to set up the queue mappings as needed, multiple virtual
2061 * interfaces may map to the same hardware queues if needed. The setup has to
2062 * happen during add_interface or change_interface callbacks. For example, a
2063 * driver supporting station+station and station+AP modes might decide to have
2064 * 10 hardware queues to handle different scenarios:
2065 *
2066 * 4 AC HW queues for 1st vif: 0, 1, 2, 3
2067 * 4 AC HW queues for 2nd vif: 4, 5, 6, 7
2068 * after-DTIM queue for AP: 8
2069 * off-channel queue: 9
2070 *
2071 * It would then set up the hardware like this:
2072 * hw.offchannel_tx_hw_queue = 9
2073 *
2074 * and the first virtual interface that is added as follows:
2075 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_VO] = 0
2076 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_VI] = 1
2077 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_BE] = 2
2078 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_BK] = 3
2079 * vif.cab_queue = 8 // if AP mode, otherwise %IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE
2080 * and the second virtual interface with 4-7.
2081 *
2082 * If queue 6 gets full, for example, mac80211 would only stop the second
2083 * virtual interface's BE queue since virtual interface queues are per AC.
2084 *
2085 * Note that the vif.cab_queue value should be set to %IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE
2086 * whenever the queue is not used (i.e. the interface is not in AP mode) if the
2087 * queue could potentially be shared since mac80211 will look at cab_queue when
2088 * a queue is stopped/woken even if the interface is not in AP mode.
2089 */
2090
2091/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002092 * enum ieee80211_filter_flags - hardware filter flags
2093 *
2094 * These flags determine what the filter in hardware should be
2095 * programmed to let through and what should not be passed to the
2096 * stack. It is always safe to pass more frames than requested,
2097 * but this has negative impact on power consumption.
2098 *
2099 * @FIF_PROMISC_IN_BSS: promiscuous mode within your BSS,
2100 * think of the BSS as your network segment and then this corresponds
2101 * to the regular ethernet device promiscuous mode.
2102 *
2103 * @FIF_ALLMULTI: pass all multicast frames, this is used if requested
2104 * by the user or if the hardware is not capable of filtering by
2105 * multicast address.
2106 *
2107 * @FIF_FCSFAIL: pass frames with failed FCS (but you need to set the
2108 * %RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC for them)
2109 *
2110 * @FIF_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with failed PLCP CRC (but you need to set
2111 * the %RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC for them
2112 *
2113 * @FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC: This flag is set during scanning to indicate
2114 * to the hardware that it should not filter beacons or probe responses
2115 * by BSSID. Filtering them can greatly reduce the amount of processing
2116 * mac80211 needs to do and the amount of CPU wakeups, so you should
2117 * honour this flag if possible.
2118 *
Igor Perminove3b90ca2009-08-04 16:48:51 +04002119 * @FIF_CONTROL: pass control frames (except for PS Poll), if PROMISC_IN_BSS
Johannes Berg7be50862010-10-13 12:06:24 +02002120 * is not set then only those addressed to this station.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002121 *
2122 * @FIF_OTHER_BSS: pass frames destined to other BSSes
Igor Perminove3b90ca2009-08-04 16:48:51 +04002123 *
Johannes Berg7be50862010-10-13 12:06:24 +02002124 * @FIF_PSPOLL: pass PS Poll frames, if PROMISC_IN_BSS is not set then only
2125 * those addressed to this station.
2126 *
2127 * @FIF_PROBE_REQ: pass probe request frames
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002128 */
2129enum ieee80211_filter_flags {
2130 FIF_PROMISC_IN_BSS = 1<<0,
2131 FIF_ALLMULTI = 1<<1,
2132 FIF_FCSFAIL = 1<<2,
2133 FIF_PLCPFAIL = 1<<3,
2134 FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC = 1<<4,
2135 FIF_CONTROL = 1<<5,
2136 FIF_OTHER_BSS = 1<<6,
Igor Perminove3b90ca2009-08-04 16:48:51 +04002137 FIF_PSPOLL = 1<<7,
Johannes Berg7be50862010-10-13 12:06:24 +02002138 FIF_PROBE_REQ = 1<<8,
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002139};
2140
2141/**
Ron Rindjunsky1b7d03a2007-12-25 17:00:31 +02002142 * enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action - A-MPDU actions
2143 *
2144 * These flags are used with the ampdu_action() callback in
2145 * &struct ieee80211_ops to indicate which action is needed.
Johannes Berg827d42c2009-11-22 12:28:41 +01002146 *
2147 * Note that drivers MUST be able to deal with a TX aggregation
2148 * session being stopped even before they OK'ed starting it by
Johannes Berg5d22c892010-06-10 10:21:40 +02002149 * calling ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe, because the peer
Johannes Berg827d42c2009-11-22 12:28:41 +01002150 * might receive the addBA frame and send a delBA right away!
2151 *
Johannes Berg18b559d2012-07-18 13:51:25 +02002152 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START: start RX aggregation
2153 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_STOP: stop RX aggregation
2154 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START: start TX aggregation
Johannes Bergb1720232009-03-23 17:28:39 +01002155 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL: TX aggregation has become operational
Johannes Berg18b559d2012-07-18 13:51:25 +02002156 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_CONT: stop TX aggregation but continue transmitting
2157 * queued packets, now unaggregated. After all packets are transmitted the
2158 * driver has to call ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe().
2159 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH: stop TX aggregation and flush all packets,
2160 * called when the station is removed. There's no need or reason to call
2161 * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() in this case as mac80211 assumes the
2162 * session is gone and removes the station.
2163 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH_CONT: called when TX aggregation is stopped
2164 * but the driver hasn't called ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() yet and
2165 * now the connection is dropped and the station will be removed. Drivers
2166 * should clean up and drop remaining packets when this is called.
Ron Rindjunsky1b7d03a2007-12-25 17:00:31 +02002167 */
2168enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action {
2169 IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START,
2170 IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_STOP,
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02002171 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START,
Johannes Berg18b559d2012-07-18 13:51:25 +02002172 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_CONT,
2173 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH,
2174 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH_CONT,
Johannes Bergb1720232009-03-23 17:28:39 +01002175 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL,
Ron Rindjunsky1b7d03a2007-12-25 17:00:31 +02002176};
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002177
2178/**
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02002179 * enum ieee80211_frame_release_type - frame release reason
2180 * @IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_PSPOLL: frame released for PS-Poll
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +02002181 * @IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_UAPSD: frame(s) released due to
2182 * frame received on trigger-enabled AC
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02002183 */
2184enum ieee80211_frame_release_type {
2185 IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_PSPOLL,
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +02002186 IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_UAPSD,
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02002187};
2188
2189/**
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02002190 * enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed - flags to indicate what changed
2191 *
2192 * @IEEE80211_RC_BW_CHANGED: The bandwidth that can be used to transmit
Johannes Berge1a0c6b2013-02-07 11:47:44 +01002193 * to this station changed. The actual bandwidth is in the station
2194 * information -- for HT20/40 the IEEE80211_HT_CAP_SUP_WIDTH_20_40
2195 * flag changes, for HT and VHT the bandwidth field changes.
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02002196 * @IEEE80211_RC_SMPS_CHANGED: The SMPS state of the station changed.
Antonio Quartullie687f612012-08-12 18:24:55 +02002197 * @IEEE80211_RC_SUPP_RATES_CHANGED: The supported rate set of this peer
2198 * changed (in IBSS mode) due to discovering more information about
2199 * the peer.
Johannes Berg0af83d32012-12-27 18:55:36 +01002200 * @IEEE80211_RC_NSS_CHANGED: N_SS (number of spatial streams) was changed
2201 * by the peer
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02002202 */
2203enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed {
2204 IEEE80211_RC_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0),
2205 IEEE80211_RC_SMPS_CHANGED = BIT(1),
Antonio Quartullie687f612012-08-12 18:24:55 +02002206 IEEE80211_RC_SUPP_RATES_CHANGED = BIT(2),
Johannes Berg0af83d32012-12-27 18:55:36 +01002207 IEEE80211_RC_NSS_CHANGED = BIT(3),
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02002208};
2209
2210/**
Ilan Peerd339d5c2013-02-12 09:34:13 +02002211 * enum ieee80211_roc_type - remain on channel type
2212 *
2213 * With the support for multi channel contexts and multi channel operations,
2214 * remain on channel operations might be limited/deferred/aborted by other
2215 * flows/operations which have higher priority (and vise versa).
2216 * Specifying the ROC type can be used by devices to prioritize the ROC
2217 * operations compared to other operations/flows.
2218 *
2219 * @IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_NORMAL: There are no special requirements for this ROC.
2220 * @IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_MGMT_TX: The remain on channel request is required
2221 * for sending managment frames offchannel.
2222 */
2223enum ieee80211_roc_type {
2224 IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_NORMAL = 0,
2225 IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_MGMT_TX,
2226};
2227
2228/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002229 * struct ieee80211_ops - callbacks from mac80211 to the driver
2230 *
2231 * This structure contains various callbacks that the driver may
2232 * handle or, in some cases, must handle, for example to configure
2233 * the hardware to a new channel or to transmit a frame.
2234 *
2235 * @tx: Handler that 802.11 module calls for each transmitted frame.
2236 * skb contains the buffer starting from the IEEE 802.11 header.
2237 * The low-level driver should send the frame out based on
Johannes Bergeefce912008-05-17 00:57:13 +02002238 * configuration in the TX control data. This handler should,
Johannes Berg11127e92011-11-16 16:02:47 +01002239 * preferably, never fail and stop queues appropriately.
Johannes Berg11127e92011-11-16 16:02:47 +01002240 * Must be atomic.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002241 *
2242 * @start: Called before the first netdevice attached to the hardware
2243 * is enabled. This should turn on the hardware and must turn on
2244 * frame reception (for possibly enabled monitor interfaces.)
2245 * Returns negative error codes, these may be seen in userspace,
2246 * or zero.
2247 * When the device is started it should not have a MAC address
2248 * to avoid acknowledging frames before a non-monitor device
2249 * is added.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01002250 * Must be implemented and can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002251 *
2252 * @stop: Called after last netdevice attached to the hardware
2253 * is disabled. This should turn off the hardware (at least
2254 * it must turn off frame reception.)
2255 * May be called right after add_interface if that rejects
Luis R. Rodriguez42935ec2009-07-29 20:08:07 -04002256 * an interface. If you added any work onto the mac80211 workqueue
2257 * you should ensure to cancel it on this callback.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01002258 * Must be implemented and can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002259 *
Johannes Bergeecc4802011-05-04 15:37:29 +02002260 * @suspend: Suspend the device; mac80211 itself will quiesce before and
2261 * stop transmitting and doing any other configuration, and then
2262 * ask the device to suspend. This is only invoked when WoWLAN is
2263 * configured, otherwise the device is deconfigured completely and
2264 * reconfigured at resume time.
Johannes Berg2b4562d2011-07-02 00:02:01 +02002265 * The driver may also impose special conditions under which it
2266 * wants to use the "normal" suspend (deconfigure), say if it only
2267 * supports WoWLAN when the device is associated. In this case, it
2268 * must return 1 from this function.
Johannes Bergeecc4802011-05-04 15:37:29 +02002269 *
2270 * @resume: If WoWLAN was configured, this indicates that mac80211 is
2271 * now resuming its operation, after this the device must be fully
2272 * functional again. If this returns an error, the only way out is
2273 * to also unregister the device. If it returns 1, then mac80211
2274 * will also go through the regular complete restart on resume.
2275 *
Johannes Bergd13e1412012-06-09 10:31:09 +02002276 * @set_wakeup: Enable or disable wakeup when WoWLAN configuration is
2277 * modified. The reason is that device_set_wakeup_enable() is
2278 * supposed to be called when the configuration changes, not only
2279 * in suspend().
2280 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002281 * @add_interface: Called when a netdevice attached to the hardware is
Bob Copelande37d4df2008-10-20 21:20:27 -04002282 * enabled. Because it is not called for monitor mode devices, @start
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002283 * and @stop must be implemented.
2284 * The driver should perform any initialization it needs before
2285 * the device can be enabled. The initial configuration for the
2286 * interface is given in the conf parameter.
2287 * The callback may refuse to add an interface by returning a
2288 * negative error code (which will be seen in userspace.)
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01002289 * Must be implemented and can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002290 *
Johannes Berg34d4bc42010-08-27 12:35:58 +02002291 * @change_interface: Called when a netdevice changes type. This callback
2292 * is optional, but only if it is supported can interface types be
2293 * switched while the interface is UP. The callback may sleep.
2294 * Note that while an interface is being switched, it will not be
2295 * found by the interface iteration callbacks.
2296 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002297 * @remove_interface: Notifies a driver that an interface is going down.
2298 * The @stop callback is called after this if it is the last interface
2299 * and no monitor interfaces are present.
2300 * When all interfaces are removed, the MAC address in the hardware
2301 * must be cleared so the device no longer acknowledges packets,
2302 * the mac_addr member of the conf structure is, however, set to the
2303 * MAC address of the device going away.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01002304 * Hence, this callback must be implemented. It can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002305 *
2306 * @config: Handler for configuration requests. IEEE 802.11 code calls this
2307 * function to change hardware configuration, e.g., channel.
Bob Copeland6dd1bf32009-01-08 21:00:34 -05002308 * This function should never fail but returns a negative error code
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01002309 * if it does. The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002310 *
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +01002311 * @bss_info_changed: Handler for configuration requests related to BSS
2312 * parameters that may vary during BSS's lifespan, and may affect low
2313 * level driver (e.g. assoc/disassoc status, erp parameters).
2314 * This function should not be used if no BSS has been set, unless
2315 * for association indication. The @changed parameter indicates which
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01002316 * of the bss parameters has changed when a call is made. The callback
2317 * can sleep.
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +01002318 *
Johannes Berg3ac64be2009-08-17 16:16:53 +02002319 * @prepare_multicast: Prepare for multicast filter configuration.
2320 * This callback is optional, and its return value is passed
2321 * to configure_filter(). This callback must be atomic.
2322 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002323 * @configure_filter: Configure the device's RX filter.
2324 * See the section "Frame filtering" for more information.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01002325 * This callback must be implemented and can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002326 *
Alexander Bondar488b3662013-02-11 14:56:29 +02002327 * @set_multicast_list: Configure the device's interface specific RX multicast
2328 * filter. This callback is optional. This callback must be atomic.
2329 *
Luis R. Rodriguez546c80c92008-08-14 11:43:20 -07002330 * @set_tim: Set TIM bit. mac80211 calls this function when a TIM bit
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002331 * must be set or cleared for a given STA. Must be atomic.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002332 *
2333 * @set_key: See the section "Hardware crypto acceleration"
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01002334 * This callback is only called between add_interface and
2335 * remove_interface calls, i.e. while the given virtual interface
Johannes Bergdc822b52008-12-29 12:55:09 +01002336 * is enabled.
Bob Copeland6dd1bf32009-01-08 21:00:34 -05002337 * Returns a negative error code if the key can't be added.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01002338 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002339 *
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02002340 * @update_tkip_key: See the section "Hardware crypto acceleration"
2341 * This callback will be called in the context of Rx. Called for drivers
2342 * which set IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_TKIP_REQ_RX_P1_KEY.
Kalle Valoeb807fb2010-01-24 14:55:12 +02002343 * The callback must be atomic.
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02002344 *
Johannes Bergc68f4b82011-07-05 16:35:41 +02002345 * @set_rekey_data: If the device supports GTK rekeying, for example while the
2346 * host is suspended, it can assign this callback to retrieve the data
2347 * necessary to do GTK rekeying, this is the KEK, KCK and replay counter.
2348 * After rekeying was done it should (for example during resume) notify
2349 * userspace of the new replay counter using ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify().
2350 *
Yoni Divinskyde5fad82012-05-30 11:36:39 +03002351 * @set_default_unicast_key: Set the default (unicast) key index, useful for
2352 * WEP when the device sends data packets autonomously, e.g. for ARP
2353 * offloading. The index can be 0-3, or -1 for unsetting it.
2354 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002355 * @hw_scan: Ask the hardware to service the scan request, no need to start
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01002356 * the scan state machine in stack. The scan must honour the channel
Kalle Valo9050bdd2009-03-22 21:57:21 +02002357 * configuration done by the regulatory agent in the wiphy's
2358 * registered bands. The hardware (or the driver) needs to make sure
Johannes Bergde95a542009-04-01 11:58:36 +02002359 * that power save is disabled.
2360 * The @req ie/ie_len members are rewritten by mac80211 to contain the
2361 * entire IEs after the SSID, so that drivers need not look at these
2362 * at all but just send them after the SSID -- mac80211 includes the
2363 * (extended) supported rates and HT information (where applicable).
2364 * When the scan finishes, ieee80211_scan_completed() must be called;
2365 * note that it also must be called when the scan cannot finish due to
2366 * any error unless this callback returned a negative error code.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01002367 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002368 *
Eliad Pellerb8564392011-06-13 12:47:30 +03002369 * @cancel_hw_scan: Ask the low-level tp cancel the active hw scan.
2370 * The driver should ask the hardware to cancel the scan (if possible),
2371 * but the scan will be completed only after the driver will call
2372 * ieee80211_scan_completed().
2373 * This callback is needed for wowlan, to prevent enqueueing a new
2374 * scan_work after the low-level driver was already suspended.
2375 * The callback can sleep.
2376 *
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03002377 * @sched_scan_start: Ask the hardware to start scanning repeatedly at
2378 * specific intervals. The driver must call the
2379 * ieee80211_sched_scan_results() function whenever it finds results.
2380 * This process will continue until sched_scan_stop is called.
2381 *
2382 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the hardware to stop an ongoing scheduled scan.
2383 *
Michael Buesch80e775b2009-02-20 15:37:03 +01002384 * @sw_scan_start: Notifier function that is called just before a software scan
2385 * is started. Can be NULL, if the driver doesn't need this notification.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01002386 * The callback can sleep.
Michael Buesch80e775b2009-02-20 15:37:03 +01002387 *
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01002388 * @sw_scan_complete: Notifier function that is called just after a
2389 * software scan finished. Can be NULL, if the driver doesn't need
2390 * this notification.
2391 * The callback can sleep.
Michael Buesch80e775b2009-02-20 15:37:03 +01002392 *
Bob Copeland6dd1bf32009-01-08 21:00:34 -05002393 * @get_stats: Return low-level statistics.
2394 * Returns zero if statistics are available.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01002395 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002396 *
Johannes Berg62da92f2007-12-19 02:03:31 +01002397 * @get_tkip_seq: If your device implements TKIP encryption in hardware this
2398 * callback should be provided to read the TKIP transmit IVs (both IV32
2399 * and IV16) for the given key from hardware.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01002400 * The callback must be atomic.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002401 *
Arik Nemtsovf23a4782010-11-08 11:51:06 +02002402 * @set_frag_threshold: Configuration of fragmentation threshold. Assign this
2403 * if the device does fragmentation by itself; if this callback is
2404 * implemented then the stack will not do fragmentation.
2405 * The callback can sleep.
2406 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002407 * @set_rts_threshold: Configuration of RTS threshold (if device needs it)
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01002408 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002409 *
Johannes Berg34e89502010-02-03 13:59:58 +01002410 * @sta_add: Notifies low level driver about addition of an associated station,
2411 * AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. This callback can sleep.
2412 *
2413 * @sta_remove: Notifies low level driver about removal of an associated
2414 * station, AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. This callback can sleep.
2415 *
Sujith Manoharan77d2ece2012-11-20 08:46:02 +05302416 * @sta_add_debugfs: Drivers can use this callback to add debugfs files
2417 * when a station is added to mac80211's station list. This callback
2418 * and @sta_remove_debugfs should be within a CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS
2419 * conditional. This callback can sleep.
2420 *
2421 * @sta_remove_debugfs: Remove the debugfs files which were added using
2422 * @sta_add_debugfs. This callback can sleep.
2423 *
Johannes Berg34e89502010-02-03 13:59:58 +01002424 * @sta_notify: Notifies low level driver about power state transition of an
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02002425 * associated station, AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. For a VIF operating
2426 * in AP mode, this callback will not be called when the flag
2427 * %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS is set. Must be atomic.
Christian Lamparter4571d3b2008-11-30 00:48:41 +01002428 *
Johannes Bergf09603a2012-01-20 13:55:21 +01002429 * @sta_state: Notifies low level driver about state transition of a
2430 * station (which can be the AP, a client, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc.)
2431 * This callback is mutually exclusive with @sta_add/@sta_remove.
2432 * It must not fail for down transitions but may fail for transitions
2433 * up the list of states.
2434 * The callback can sleep.
2435 *
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02002436 * @sta_rc_update: Notifies the driver of changes to the bitrates that can be
2437 * used to transmit to the station. The changes are advertised with bits
2438 * from &enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed and the values are reflected
2439 * in the station data. This callback should only be used when the driver
2440 * uses hardware rate control (%IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL) since
2441 * otherwise the rate control algorithm is notified directly.
2442 * Must be atomic.
2443 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002444 * @conf_tx: Configure TX queue parameters (EDCF (aifs, cw_min, cw_max),
Johannes Bergfe3fa822008-09-08 11:05:09 +02002445 * bursting) for a hardware TX queue.
Bob Copeland6dd1bf32009-01-08 21:00:34 -05002446 * Returns a negative error code on failure.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01002447 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002448 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002449 * @get_tsf: Get the current TSF timer value from firmware/hardware. Currently,
Alina Friedrichsen3b5d6652009-01-24 07:09:59 +01002450 * this is only used for IBSS mode BSSID merging and debugging. Is not a
Alina Friedrichsen7b08b3b2009-02-05 17:58:34 +01002451 * required function.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01002452 * The callback can sleep.
Alina Friedrichsen3b5d6652009-01-24 07:09:59 +01002453 *
2454 * @set_tsf: Set the TSF timer to the specified value in the firmware/hardware.
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02002455 * Currently, this is only used for IBSS mode debugging. Is not a
Alina Friedrichsen7b08b3b2009-02-05 17:58:34 +01002456 * required function.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01002457 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002458 *
2459 * @reset_tsf: Reset the TSF timer and allow firmware/hardware to synchronize
2460 * with other STAs in the IBSS. This is only used in IBSS mode. This
2461 * function is optional if the firmware/hardware takes full care of
2462 * TSF synchronization.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01002463 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002464 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002465 * @tx_last_beacon: Determine whether the last IBSS beacon was sent by us.
2466 * This is needed only for IBSS mode and the result of this function is
2467 * used to determine whether to reply to Probe Requests.
Bob Copeland6dd1bf32009-01-08 21:00:34 -05002468 * Returns non-zero if this device sent the last beacon.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01002469 * The callback can sleep.
Ron Rindjunskyd3c990f2007-11-26 16:14:34 +02002470 *
Ron Rindjunsky1b7d03a2007-12-25 17:00:31 +02002471 * @ampdu_action: Perform a certain A-MPDU action
2472 * The RA/TID combination determines the destination and TID we want
2473 * the ampdu action to be performed for. The action is defined through
2474 * ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action. Starting sequence number (@ssn)
Bob Copeland6dd1bf32009-01-08 21:00:34 -05002475 * is the first frame we expect to perform the action on. Notice
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02002476 * that TX/RX_STOP can pass NULL for this parameter.
Johannes Berg0b01f032011-01-18 13:51:05 +01002477 * The @buf_size parameter is only valid when the action is set to
2478 * %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL and indicates the peer's reorder
Johannes Berg5312c3f2011-04-01 13:52:34 +02002479 * buffer size (number of subframes) for this session -- the driver
2480 * may neither send aggregates containing more subframes than this
2481 * nor send aggregates in a way that lost frames would exceed the
2482 * buffer size. If just limiting the aggregate size, this would be
2483 * possible with a buf_size of 8:
2484 * - TX: 1.....7
2485 * - RX: 2....7 (lost frame #1)
2486 * - TX: 8..1...
2487 * which is invalid since #1 was now re-transmitted well past the
2488 * buffer size of 8. Correct ways to retransmit #1 would be:
2489 * - TX: 1 or 18 or 81
2490 * Even "189" would be wrong since 1 could be lost again.
2491 *
Bob Copeland6dd1bf32009-01-08 21:00:34 -05002492 * Returns a negative error code on failure.
Johannes Berg85ad1812010-06-10 10:21:49 +02002493 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg1f87f7d2009-06-02 13:01:41 +02002494 *
Randy Dunlap4e8998f2010-05-21 11:28:33 -07002495 * @get_survey: Return per-channel survey information
2496 *
Johannes Berg1f87f7d2009-06-02 13:01:41 +02002497 * @rfkill_poll: Poll rfkill hardware state. If you need this, you also
2498 * need to set wiphy->rfkill_poll to %true before registration,
2499 * and need to call wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state() in the callback.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01002500 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Bergaff89a92009-07-01 21:26:51 +02002501 *
Lukáš Turek310bc672009-12-21 22:50:48 +01002502 * @set_coverage_class: Set slot time for given coverage class as specified
2503 * in IEEE 802.11-2007 section 17.3.8.6 and modify ACK timeout
2504 * accordingly. This callback is not required and may sleep.
2505 *
Johannes Bergaff89a92009-07-01 21:26:51 +02002506 * @testmode_cmd: Implement a cfg80211 test mode command.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01002507 * The callback can sleep.
Wey-Yi Guy71063f02011-05-20 09:05:54 -07002508 * @testmode_dump: Implement a cfg80211 test mode dump. The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berga80f7c02009-12-23 13:15:32 +01002509 *
2510 * @flush: Flush all pending frames from the hardware queue, making sure
Johannes Berg39ecc012013-02-13 12:11:00 +01002511 * that the hardware queues are empty. The @queues parameter is a bitmap
2512 * of queues to flush, which is useful if different virtual interfaces
2513 * use different hardware queues; it may also indicate all queues.
2514 * If the parameter @drop is set to %true, pending frames may be dropped.
2515 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02002516 *
2517 * @channel_switch: Drivers that need (or want) to offload the channel
2518 * switch operation for CSAs received from the AP may implement this
2519 * callback. They must then call ieee80211_chswitch_done() to indicate
2520 * completion of the channel switch.
John W. Linville4e6cbfd2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04002521 *
2522 * @napi_poll: Poll Rx queue for incoming data frames.
Bruno Randolf79b1c462010-11-24 14:34:41 +09002523 *
2524 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device.
2525 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may
2526 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL
2527 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX).
2528 *
2529 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant).
Johannes Berg4976b4e2011-01-04 13:02:32 +01002530 *
2531 * @remain_on_channel: Starts an off-channel period on the given channel, must
2532 * call back to ieee80211_ready_on_channel() when on that channel. Note
2533 * that normal channel traffic is not stopped as this is intended for hw
2534 * offload. Frames to transmit on the off-channel channel are transmitted
2535 * normally except for the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN flag. When the
2536 * duration (which will always be non-zero) expires, the driver must call
Johannes Berg196ac1c2012-06-05 14:28:40 +02002537 * ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired().
Johannes Berg196ac1c2012-06-05 14:28:40 +02002538 * Note that this callback may be called while the device is in IDLE and
2539 * must be accepted in this case.
2540 * This callback may sleep.
Johannes Berg4976b4e2011-01-04 13:02:32 +01002541 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Requests that an ongoing off-channel period is
2542 * aborted before it expires. This callback may sleep.
John W. Linville38c09152011-03-07 16:19:18 -05002543 *
2544 * @set_ringparam: Set tx and rx ring sizes.
2545 *
2546 * @get_ringparam: Get tx and rx ring current and maximum sizes.
Vivek Natarajane8306f92011-04-06 11:41:10 +05302547 *
2548 * @tx_frames_pending: Check if there is any pending frame in the hardware
2549 * queues before entering power save.
Sujith Manoharanbdbfd6b2011-04-27 16:56:51 +05302550 *
2551 * @set_bitrate_mask: Set a mask of rates to be used for rate control selection
2552 * when transmitting a frame. Currently only legacy rates are handled.
2553 * The callback can sleep.
Meenakshi Venkataraman615f7b92011-07-08 08:46:22 -07002554 * @rssi_callback: Notify driver when the average RSSI goes above/below
2555 * thresholds that were registered previously. The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02002556 *
2557 * @release_buffered_frames: Release buffered frames according to the given
2558 * parameters. In the case where the driver buffers some frames for
2559 * sleeping stations mac80211 will use this callback to tell the driver
2560 * to release some frames, either for PS-poll or uAPSD.
2561 * Note that if the @more_data paramter is %false the driver must check
2562 * if there are more frames on the given TIDs, and if there are more than
2563 * the frames being released then it must still set the more-data bit in
2564 * the frame. If the @more_data parameter is %true, then of course the
2565 * more-data bit must always be set.
2566 * The @tids parameter tells the driver which TIDs to release frames
2567 * from, for PS-poll it will always have only a single bit set.
Johannes Bergdeeaee12011-09-29 16:04:35 +02002568 * In the case this is used for a PS-poll initiated release, the
2569 * @num_frames parameter will always be 1 so code can be shared. In
2570 * this case the driver must also set %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag
2571 * on the TX status (and must report TX status) so that the PS-poll
2572 * period is properly ended. This is used to avoid sending multiple
2573 * responses for a retried PS-poll frame.
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02002574 * In the case this is used for uAPSD, the @num_frames parameter may be
2575 * bigger than one, but the driver may send fewer frames (it must send
2576 * at least one, however). In this case it is also responsible for
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +02002577 * setting the EOSP flag in the QoS header of the frames. Also, when the
2578 * service period ends, the driver must set %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP
Johannes Berg37fbd902011-09-29 16:04:39 +02002579 * on the last frame in the SP. Alternatively, it may call the function
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01002580 * ieee80211_sta_eosp() to inform mac80211 of the end of the SP.
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02002581 * This callback must be atomic.
Johannes Berg40b96402011-09-29 16:04:38 +02002582 * @allow_buffered_frames: Prepare device to allow the given number of frames
2583 * to go out to the given station. The frames will be sent by mac80211
2584 * via the usual TX path after this call. The TX information for frames
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +01002585 * released will also have the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER flag set
Johannes Berg40b96402011-09-29 16:04:38 +02002586 * and the last one will also have %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP set. In case
2587 * frames from multiple TIDs are released and the driver might reorder
2588 * them between the TIDs, it must set the %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag
2589 * on the last frame and clear it on all others and also handle the EOSP
Johannes Berg37fbd902011-09-29 16:04:39 +02002590 * bit in the QoS header correctly. Alternatively, it can also call the
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01002591 * ieee80211_sta_eosp() function.
Johannes Berg40b96402011-09-29 16:04:38 +02002592 * The @tids parameter is a bitmap and tells the driver which TIDs the
2593 * frames will be on; it will at most have two bits set.
2594 * This callback must be atomic.
Ben Greeare3521142012-04-23 12:50:31 -07002595 *
2596 * @get_et_sset_count: Ethtool API to get string-set count.
2597 *
2598 * @get_et_stats: Ethtool API to get a set of u64 stats.
2599 *
2600 * @get_et_strings: Ethtool API to get a set of strings to describe stats
2601 * and perhaps other supported types of ethtool data-sets.
2602 *
Victor Goldenshtein66572cf2012-06-21 10:56:46 +03002603 * @get_rssi: Get current signal strength in dBm, the function is optional
2604 * and can sleep.
2605 *
Johannes Berga1845fc2012-06-27 13:18:36 +02002606 * @mgd_prepare_tx: Prepare for transmitting a management frame for association
2607 * before associated. In multi-channel scenarios, a virtual interface is
2608 * bound to a channel before it is associated, but as it isn't associated
2609 * yet it need not necessarily be given airtime, in particular since any
2610 * transmission to a P2P GO needs to be synchronized against the GO's
2611 * powersave state. mac80211 will call this function before transmitting a
2612 * management frame prior to having successfully associated to allow the
2613 * driver to give it channel time for the transmission, to get a response
2614 * and to be able to synchronize with the GO.
2615 * The callback will be called before each transmission and upon return
2616 * mac80211 will transmit the frame right away.
2617 * The callback is optional and can (should!) sleep.
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02002618 *
2619 * @add_chanctx: Notifies device driver about new channel context creation.
2620 * @remove_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context destruction.
2621 * @change_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context changes that
2622 * may happen when combining different virtual interfaces on the same
2623 * channel context with different settings
2624 * @assign_vif_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context being bound
2625 * to vif. Possible use is for hw queue remapping.
2626 * @unassign_vif_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context being
2627 * unbound from vif.
Johannes Berg10416382012-10-19 15:44:42 +02002628 * @start_ap: Start operation on the AP interface, this is called after all the
2629 * information in bss_conf is set and beacon can be retrieved. A channel
2630 * context is bound before this is called. Note that if the driver uses
2631 * software scan or ROC, this (and @stop_ap) isn't called when the AP is
2632 * just "paused" for scanning/ROC, which is indicated by the beacon being
2633 * disabled/enabled via @bss_info_changed.
2634 * @stop_ap: Stop operation on the AP interface.
Johannes Berg9214ad72012-11-06 19:18:13 +01002635 *
2636 * @restart_complete: Called after a call to ieee80211_restart_hw(), when the
2637 * reconfiguration has completed. This can help the driver implement the
Johannes Berg8f21b0a2013-01-11 00:28:01 +01002638 * reconfiguration step. Also called when reconfiguring because the
2639 * driver's resume function returned 1, as this is just like an "inline"
2640 * hardware restart. This callback may sleep.
2641 *
Johannes Berga65240c2013-01-14 15:14:34 +01002642 * @ipv6_addr_change: IPv6 address assignment on the given interface changed.
2643 * Currently, this is only called for managed or P2P client interfaces.
2644 * This callback is optional; it must not sleep.
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02002645 *
2646 * @channel_switch_beacon: Starts a channel switch to a new channel.
2647 * Beacons are modified to include CSA or ECSA IEs before calling this
2648 * function. The corresponding count fields in these IEs must be
2649 * decremented, and when they reach zero the driver must call
2650 * ieee80211_csa_finish(). Drivers which use ieee80211_beacon_get()
2651 * get the csa counter decremented by mac80211, but must check if it is
2652 * zero using ieee80211_csa_is_complete() after the beacon has been
2653 * transmitted and then call ieee80211_csa_finish().
2654 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002655 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002656struct ieee80211_ops {
Thomas Huehn36323f82012-07-23 21:33:42 +02002657 void (*tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2658 struct ieee80211_tx_control *control,
2659 struct sk_buff *skb);
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04002660 int (*start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04002661 void (*stop)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Johannes Bergeecc4802011-05-04 15:37:29 +02002662#ifdef CONFIG_PM
2663 int (*suspend)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan);
2664 int (*resume)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Johannes Berg6d525632012-04-04 15:05:25 +02002665 void (*set_wakeup)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, bool enabled);
Johannes Bergeecc4802011-05-04 15:37:29 +02002666#endif
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002667 int (*add_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01002668 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Johannes Berg34d4bc42010-08-27 12:35:58 +02002669 int (*change_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2670 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg2ca27bc2010-09-16 14:58:23 +02002671 enum nl80211_iftype new_type, bool p2p);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002672 void (*remove_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01002673 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02002674 int (*config)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 changed);
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +01002675 void (*bss_info_changed)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2676 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
2677 struct ieee80211_bss_conf *info,
2678 u32 changed);
Johannes Bergb2abb6e2011-07-19 10:39:53 +02002679
Johannes Berg10416382012-10-19 15:44:42 +02002680 int (*start_ap)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
2681 void (*stop_ap)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
2682
Johannes Berg3ac64be2009-08-17 16:16:53 +02002683 u64 (*prepare_multicast)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Jiri Pirko22bedad32010-04-01 21:22:57 +00002684 struct netdev_hw_addr_list *mc_list);
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04002685 void (*configure_filter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2686 unsigned int changed_flags,
2687 unsigned int *total_flags,
Johannes Berg3ac64be2009-08-17 16:16:53 +02002688 u64 multicast);
Alexander Bondar488b3662013-02-11 14:56:29 +02002689 void (*set_multicast_list)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2690 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, bool allmulti,
2691 struct netdev_hw_addr_list *mc_list);
2692
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002693 int (*set_tim)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
2694 bool set);
Johannes Bergea49c352007-09-18 17:29:21 -04002695 int (*set_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, enum set_key_cmd cmd,
Johannes Bergdc822b52008-12-29 12:55:09 +01002696 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
Johannes Berg11a843b2007-08-28 17:01:55 -04002697 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key);
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02002698 void (*update_tkip_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Bergb3fbdcf2010-01-21 11:40:47 +01002699 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
2700 struct ieee80211_key_conf *conf,
2701 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
2702 u32 iv32, u16 *phase1key);
Johannes Bergc68f4b82011-07-05 16:35:41 +02002703 void (*set_rekey_data)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2704 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
2705 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data);
Yoni Divinskyde5fad82012-05-30 11:36:39 +03002706 void (*set_default_unicast_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2707 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, int idx);
Johannes Berga060bbf2010-04-27 11:59:34 +02002708 int (*hw_scan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg2a519312009-02-10 21:25:55 +01002709 struct cfg80211_scan_request *req);
Eliad Pellerb8564392011-06-13 12:47:30 +03002710 void (*cancel_hw_scan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2711 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03002712 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2713 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
2714 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *req,
2715 struct ieee80211_sched_scan_ies *ies);
2716 void (*sched_scan_stop)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2717 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Michael Buesch80e775b2009-02-20 15:37:03 +01002718 void (*sw_scan_start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
2719 void (*sw_scan_complete)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002720 int (*get_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2721 struct ieee80211_low_level_stats *stats);
Johannes Berg62da92f2007-12-19 02:03:31 +01002722 void (*get_tkip_seq)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 hw_key_idx,
2723 u32 *iv32, u16 *iv16);
Arik Nemtsovf23a4782010-11-08 11:51:06 +02002724 int (*set_frag_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002725 int (*set_rts_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value);
Johannes Berg34e89502010-02-03 13:59:58 +01002726 int (*sta_add)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
2727 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
2728 int (*sta_remove)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
2729 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Sujith Manoharan77d2ece2012-11-20 08:46:02 +05302730#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS
2731 void (*sta_add_debugfs)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2732 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
2733 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
2734 struct dentry *dir);
2735 void (*sta_remove_debugfs)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2736 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
2737 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
2738 struct dentry *dir);
2739#endif
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01002740 void (*sta_notify)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002741 enum sta_notify_cmd, struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Johannes Bergf09603a2012-01-20 13:55:21 +01002742 int (*sta_state)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
2743 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
2744 enum ieee80211_sta_state old_state,
2745 enum ieee80211_sta_state new_state);
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02002746 void (*sta_rc_update)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2747 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
2748 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
2749 u32 changed);
Eliad Peller8a3a3c82011-10-02 10:15:52 +02002750 int (*conf_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berga3304b02012-03-28 11:04:24 +02002751 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u16 ac,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002752 const struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params *params);
Eliad Peller37a41b42011-09-21 14:06:11 +03002753 u64 (*get_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
2754 void (*set_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
2755 u64 tsf);
2756 void (*reset_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002757 int (*tx_last_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Ron Rindjunsky1b7d03a2007-12-25 17:00:31 +02002758 int (*ampdu_action)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Bergc951ad32009-11-16 12:00:38 +01002759 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Ron Rindjunsky1b7d03a2007-12-25 17:00:31 +02002760 enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action action,
Johannes Berg0b01f032011-01-18 13:51:05 +01002761 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid, u16 *ssn,
2762 u8 buf_size);
Holger Schurig12897232010-04-19 10:23:57 +02002763 int (*get_survey)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int idx,
2764 struct survey_info *survey);
Johannes Berg1f87f7d2009-06-02 13:01:41 +02002765 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Lukáš Turek310bc672009-12-21 22:50:48 +01002766 void (*set_coverage_class)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 coverage_class);
Johannes Bergaff89a92009-07-01 21:26:51 +02002767#ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
2768 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, void *data, int len);
Wey-Yi Guy71063f02011-05-20 09:05:54 -07002769 int (*testmode_dump)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb,
2770 struct netlink_callback *cb,
2771 void *data, int len);
Johannes Bergaff89a92009-07-01 21:26:51 +02002772#endif
Johannes Berg39ecc012013-02-13 12:11:00 +01002773 void (*flush)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 queues, bool drop);
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02002774 void (*channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2775 struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
John W. Linville4e6cbfd2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04002776 int (*napi_poll)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int budget);
Bruno Randolf15d96752010-11-10 12:50:56 +09002777 int (*set_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant);
2778 int (*get_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant);
Johannes Berg21f83582010-12-18 17:20:47 +01002779
2780 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Eliad Peller49884562012-11-19 17:05:09 +02002781 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg21f83582010-12-18 17:20:47 +01002782 struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
Ilan Peerd339d5c2013-02-12 09:34:13 +02002783 int duration,
2784 enum ieee80211_roc_type type);
Johannes Berg21f83582010-12-18 17:20:47 +01002785 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
John W. Linville38c09152011-03-07 16:19:18 -05002786 int (*set_ringparam)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx, u32 rx);
2787 void (*get_ringparam)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2788 u32 *tx, u32 *tx_max, u32 *rx, u32 *rx_max);
Vivek Natarajane8306f92011-04-06 11:41:10 +05302789 bool (*tx_frames_pending)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Sujith Manoharanbdbfd6b2011-04-27 16:56:51 +05302790 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
2791 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask);
Meenakshi Venkataraman615f7b92011-07-08 08:46:22 -07002792 void (*rssi_callback)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Emmanuel Grumbach887da912013-01-20 17:32:41 +02002793 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Meenakshi Venkataraman615f7b92011-07-08 08:46:22 -07002794 enum ieee80211_rssi_event rssi_event);
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02002795
Johannes Berg40b96402011-09-29 16:04:38 +02002796 void (*allow_buffered_frames)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2797 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
2798 u16 tids, int num_frames,
2799 enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason,
2800 bool more_data);
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02002801 void (*release_buffered_frames)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2802 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
2803 u16 tids, int num_frames,
2804 enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason,
2805 bool more_data);
Ben Greeare3521142012-04-23 12:50:31 -07002806
2807 int (*get_et_sset_count)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2808 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, int sset);
2809 void (*get_et_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2810 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
2811 struct ethtool_stats *stats, u64 *data);
2812 void (*get_et_strings)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2813 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
2814 u32 sset, u8 *data);
Victor Goldenshtein66572cf2012-06-21 10:56:46 +03002815 int (*get_rssi)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
2816 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, s8 *rssi_dbm);
Johannes Berga1845fc2012-06-27 13:18:36 +02002817
2818 void (*mgd_prepare_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2819 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02002820
2821 int (*add_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2822 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
2823 void (*remove_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2824 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
2825 void (*change_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2826 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx,
2827 u32 changed);
2828 int (*assign_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2829 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
2830 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
2831 void (*unassign_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2832 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
2833 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
Johannes Berg9214ad72012-11-06 19:18:13 +01002834
2835 void (*restart_complete)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Johannes Berga65240c2013-01-14 15:14:34 +01002836
2837#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IPV6)
2838 void (*ipv6_addr_change)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2839 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
2840 struct inet6_dev *idev);
2841#endif
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02002842 void (*channel_switch_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2843 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
2844 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002845};
2846
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002847/**
2848 * ieee80211_alloc_hw - Allocate a new hardware device
2849 *
2850 * This must be called once for each hardware device. The returned pointer
2851 * must be used to refer to this device when calling other functions.
2852 * mac80211 allocates a private data area for the driver pointed to by
2853 * @priv in &struct ieee80211_hw, the size of this area is given as
2854 * @priv_data_len.
2855 *
2856 * @priv_data_len: length of private data
2857 * @ops: callbacks for this device
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01002858 *
2859 * Return: A pointer to the new hardware device, or %NULL on error.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002860 */
2861struct ieee80211_hw *ieee80211_alloc_hw(size_t priv_data_len,
2862 const struct ieee80211_ops *ops);
2863
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002864/**
2865 * ieee80211_register_hw - Register hardware device
2866 *
Johannes Bergdbbea672008-02-26 14:34:06 +01002867 * You must call this function before any other functions in
2868 * mac80211. Note that before a hardware can be registered, you
2869 * need to fill the contained wiphy's information.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002870 *
2871 * @hw: the device to register as returned by ieee80211_alloc_hw()
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01002872 *
2873 * Return: 0 on success. An error code otherwise.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002874 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002875int ieee80211_register_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
2876
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01002877/**
2878 * struct ieee80211_tpt_blink - throughput blink description
2879 * @throughput: throughput in Kbit/sec
2880 * @blink_time: blink time in milliseconds
2881 * (full cycle, ie. one off + one on period)
2882 */
2883struct ieee80211_tpt_blink {
2884 int throughput;
2885 int blink_time;
2886};
2887
Johannes Berg67408c82010-11-30 08:59:23 +01002888/**
2889 * enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags - throughput trigger flags
2890 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO: enable blinking with radio
2891 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK: enable blinking when working
2892 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED: enable blinking when at least one
2893 * interface is connected in some way, including being an AP
2894 */
2895enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags {
2896 IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO = BIT(0),
2897 IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK = BIT(1),
2898 IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED = BIT(2),
2899};
2900
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002901#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
2902extern char *__ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
2903extern char *__ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Michael Buesch47f0c502007-09-27 15:10:44 +02002904extern char *__ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Ivo van Doorncdcb0062008-01-07 19:45:24 +01002905extern char *__ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01002906extern char *__ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(
Johannes Berg67408c82010-11-30 08:59:23 +01002907 struct ieee80211_hw *hw, unsigned int flags,
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01002908 const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table,
2909 unsigned int blink_table_len);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002910#endif
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002911/**
2912 * ieee80211_get_tx_led_name - get name of TX LED
2913 *
2914 * mac80211 creates a transmit LED trigger for each wireless hardware
2915 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
2916 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
2917 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
2918 *
2919 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01002920 *
2921 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002922 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002923static inline char *ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
2924{
2925#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
2926 return __ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(hw);
2927#else
2928 return NULL;
2929#endif
2930}
2931
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002932/**
2933 * ieee80211_get_rx_led_name - get name of RX LED
2934 *
2935 * mac80211 creates a receive LED trigger for each wireless hardware
2936 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
2937 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
2938 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
2939 *
2940 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01002941 *
2942 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002943 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002944static inline char *ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
2945{
2946#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
2947 return __ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(hw);
2948#else
2949 return NULL;
2950#endif
2951}
2952
Ivo van Doorncdcb0062008-01-07 19:45:24 +01002953/**
2954 * ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name - get name of association LED
2955 *
2956 * mac80211 creates a association LED trigger for each wireless hardware
2957 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
2958 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
2959 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
2960 *
2961 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01002962 *
2963 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
Ivo van Doorncdcb0062008-01-07 19:45:24 +01002964 */
Michael Buesch47f0c502007-09-27 15:10:44 +02002965static inline char *ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
2966{
2967#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
2968 return __ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(hw);
2969#else
2970 return NULL;
2971#endif
2972}
2973
Ivo van Doorncdcb0062008-01-07 19:45:24 +01002974/**
2975 * ieee80211_get_radio_led_name - get name of radio LED
2976 *
2977 * mac80211 creates a radio change LED trigger for each wireless hardware
2978 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
2979 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
2980 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
2981 *
2982 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01002983 *
2984 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
Ivo van Doorncdcb0062008-01-07 19:45:24 +01002985 */
2986static inline char *ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
2987{
2988#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
2989 return __ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(hw);
2990#else
2991 return NULL;
2992#endif
2993}
Michael Buesch47f0c502007-09-27 15:10:44 +02002994
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002995/**
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01002996 * ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger - create throughput LED trigger
2997 * @hw: the hardware to create the trigger for
Johannes Berg67408c82010-11-30 08:59:23 +01002998 * @flags: trigger flags, see &enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01002999 * @blink_table: the blink table -- needs to be ordered by throughput
3000 * @blink_table_len: size of the blink table
3001 *
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01003002 * Return: %NULL (in case of error, or if no LED triggers are
3003 * configured) or the name of the new trigger.
3004 *
3005 * Note: This function must be called before ieee80211_register_hw().
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01003006 */
3007static inline char *
Johannes Berg67408c82010-11-30 08:59:23 +01003008ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, unsigned int flags,
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01003009 const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table,
3010 unsigned int blink_table_len)
3011{
3012#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
Johannes Berg67408c82010-11-30 08:59:23 +01003013 return __ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(hw, flags, blink_table,
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01003014 blink_table_len);
3015#else
3016 return NULL;
3017#endif
3018}
3019
3020/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003021 * ieee80211_unregister_hw - Unregister a hardware device
3022 *
3023 * This function instructs mac80211 to free allocated resources
3024 * and unregister netdevices from the networking subsystem.
3025 *
3026 * @hw: the hardware to unregister
3027 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003028void ieee80211_unregister_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
3029
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003030/**
3031 * ieee80211_free_hw - free hardware descriptor
3032 *
3033 * This function frees everything that was allocated, including the
3034 * private data for the driver. You must call ieee80211_unregister_hw()
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -07003035 * before calling this function.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003036 *
3037 * @hw: the hardware to free
3038 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003039void ieee80211_free_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
3040
Johannes Bergf2753dd2009-04-14 10:09:24 +02003041/**
3042 * ieee80211_restart_hw - restart hardware completely
3043 *
3044 * Call this function when the hardware was restarted for some reason
3045 * (hardware error, ...) and the driver is unable to restore its state
3046 * by itself. mac80211 assumes that at this point the driver/hardware
3047 * is completely uninitialised and stopped, it starts the process by
3048 * calling the ->start() operation. The driver will need to reset all
3049 * internal state that it has prior to calling this function.
3050 *
3051 * @hw: the hardware to restart
3052 */
3053void ieee80211_restart_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
3054
John W. Linville4e6cbfd2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04003055/** ieee80211_napi_schedule - schedule NAPI poll
3056 *
3057 * Use this function to schedule NAPI polling on a device.
3058 *
3059 * @hw: the hardware to start polling
3060 */
3061void ieee80211_napi_schedule(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
3062
3063/** ieee80211_napi_complete - complete NAPI polling
3064 *
3065 * Use this function to finish NAPI polling on a device.
3066 *
3067 * @hw: the hardware to stop polling
3068 */
3069void ieee80211_napi_complete(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
3070
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003071/**
3072 * ieee80211_rx - receive frame
3073 *
3074 * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive
Zhu Yie3cf8b32010-03-29 17:35:07 +08003075 * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a
3076 * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211
3077 * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory
3078 * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003079 *
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01003080 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03003081 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to
3082 * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be
Felix Fietkauf6b3d852013-05-03 10:01:03 +02003083 * mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
3084 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003085 *
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03003086 * In process context use instead ieee80211_rx_ni().
Johannes Bergd20ef632009-10-11 15:10:40 +02003087 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003088 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
3089 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003090 */
John W. Linville103bf9f2009-08-20 16:34:15 -04003091void ieee80211_rx(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb);
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003092
3093/**
3094 * ieee80211_rx_irqsafe - receive frame
3095 *
3096 * Like ieee80211_rx() but can be called in IRQ context
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01003097 * (internally defers to a tasklet.)
3098 *
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03003099 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_rx() or ieee80211_rx_ni() may not
Felix Fietkauf6b3d852013-05-03 10:01:03 +02003100 * be mixed for a single hardware.Must not run concurrently with
3101 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003102 *
3103 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
3104 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003105 */
Johannes Bergf1d58c22009-06-17 13:13:00 +02003106void ieee80211_rx_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003107
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003108/**
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03003109 * ieee80211_rx_ni - receive frame (in process context)
3110 *
3111 * Like ieee80211_rx() but can be called in process context
3112 * (internally disables bottom halves).
3113 *
3114 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_rx() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may
Felix Fietkauf6b3d852013-05-03 10:01:03 +02003115 * not be mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
3116 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03003117 *
3118 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
3119 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
3120 */
3121static inline void ieee80211_rx_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3122 struct sk_buff *skb)
3123{
3124 local_bh_disable();
3125 ieee80211_rx(hw, skb);
3126 local_bh_enable();
3127}
3128
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02003129/**
3130 * ieee80211_sta_ps_transition - PS transition for connected sta
3131 *
3132 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS
3133 * flag set, use this function to inform mac80211 about a connected station
3134 * entering/leaving PS mode.
3135 *
3136 * This function may not be called in IRQ context or with softirqs enabled.
3137 *
3138 * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized against
3139 * each other.
3140 *
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02003141 * @sta: currently connected sta
3142 * @start: start or stop PS
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01003143 *
3144 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL when the requested PS mode is already set.
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02003145 */
3146int ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, bool start);
3147
3148/**
3149 * ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni - PS transition for connected sta
3150 * (in process context)
3151 *
3152 * Like ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() but can be called in process context
3153 * (internally disables bottom halves). Concurrent call restriction still
3154 * applies.
3155 *
3156 * @sta: currently connected sta
3157 * @start: start or stop PS
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01003158 *
3159 * Return: Like ieee80211_sta_ps_transition().
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02003160 */
3161static inline int ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3162 bool start)
3163{
3164 int ret;
3165
3166 local_bh_disable();
3167 ret = ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(sta, start);
3168 local_bh_enable();
3169
3170 return ret;
3171}
3172
Gertjan van Wingerded24deb22009-12-04 23:46:54 +01003173/*
3174 * The TX headroom reserved by mac80211 for its own tx_status functions.
3175 * This is enough for the radiotap header.
3176 */
Helmut Schaa7f2a5e22011-10-11 18:08:55 +02003177#define IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_HEADROOM 14
Gertjan van Wingerded24deb22009-12-04 23:46:54 +01003178
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03003179/**
Johannes Berg042ec452011-09-29 16:04:26 +02003180 * ieee80211_sta_set_buffered - inform mac80211 about driver-buffered frames
Randy Dunlapbdfbe802011-05-22 17:22:45 -07003181 * @sta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer for the sleeping station
Johannes Berg042ec452011-09-29 16:04:26 +02003182 * @tid: the TID that has buffered frames
3183 * @buffered: indicates whether or not frames are buffered for this TID
Felix Fietkaudcf55fb2011-04-17 17:45:00 +02003184 *
3185 * If a driver buffers frames for a powersave station instead of passing
Johannes Berg042ec452011-09-29 16:04:26 +02003186 * them back to mac80211 for retransmission, the station may still need
3187 * to be told that there are buffered frames via the TIM bit.
Felix Fietkaudcf55fb2011-04-17 17:45:00 +02003188 *
Johannes Berg042ec452011-09-29 16:04:26 +02003189 * This function informs mac80211 whether or not there are frames that are
3190 * buffered in the driver for a given TID; mac80211 can then use this data
3191 * to set the TIM bit (NOTE: This may call back into the driver's set_tim
3192 * call! Beware of the locking!)
3193 *
3194 * If all frames are released to the station (due to PS-poll or uAPSD)
3195 * then the driver needs to inform mac80211 that there no longer are
3196 * frames buffered. However, when the station wakes up mac80211 assumes
3197 * that all buffered frames will be transmitted and clears this data,
3198 * drivers need to make sure they inform mac80211 about all buffered
3199 * frames on the sleep transition (sta_notify() with %STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP).
3200 *
3201 * Note that technically mac80211 only needs to know this per AC, not per
3202 * TID, but since driver buffering will inevitably happen per TID (since
3203 * it is related to aggregation) it is easier to make mac80211 map the
3204 * TID to the AC as required instead of keeping track in all drivers that
3205 * use this API.
Felix Fietkaudcf55fb2011-04-17 17:45:00 +02003206 */
Johannes Berg042ec452011-09-29 16:04:26 +02003207void ieee80211_sta_set_buffered(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3208 u8 tid, bool buffered);
Felix Fietkaudcf55fb2011-04-17 17:45:00 +02003209
3210/**
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02003211 * ieee80211_get_tx_rates - get the selected transmit rates for a packet
3212 *
3213 * Call this function in a driver with per-packet rate selection support
3214 * to combine the rate info in the packet tx info with the most recent
3215 * rate selection table for the station entry.
3216 *
3217 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
3218 * @sta: the receiver station to which this packet is sent.
3219 * @skb: the frame to be transmitted.
3220 * @dest: buffer for extracted rate/retry information
3221 * @max_rates: maximum number of rates to fetch
3222 */
3223void ieee80211_get_tx_rates(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3224 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3225 struct sk_buff *skb,
3226 struct ieee80211_tx_rate *dest,
3227 int max_rates);
3228
3229/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003230 * ieee80211_tx_status - transmit status callback
3231 *
3232 * Call this function for all transmitted frames after they have been
3233 * transmitted. It is permissible to not call this function for
3234 * multicast frames but this can affect statistics.
3235 *
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01003236 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
3237 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls
Johannes Stezenbach20ed3162010-11-30 16:49:23 +01003238 * to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni() and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe()
Felix Fietkauf6b3d852013-05-03 10:01:03 +02003239 * may not be mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
3240 * ieee80211_rx() or ieee80211_rx_ni().
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01003241 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003242 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
3243 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003244 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003245void ieee80211_tx_status(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02003246 struct sk_buff *skb);
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01003247
3248/**
Johannes Stezenbach20ed3162010-11-30 16:49:23 +01003249 * ieee80211_tx_status_ni - transmit status callback (in process context)
3250 *
3251 * Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in process context.
3252 *
3253 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and
3254 * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed
3255 * for a single hardware.
3256 *
3257 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
3258 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
3259 */
3260static inline void ieee80211_tx_status_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3261 struct sk_buff *skb)
3262{
3263 local_bh_disable();
3264 ieee80211_tx_status(hw, skb);
3265 local_bh_enable();
3266}
3267
3268/**
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -07003269 * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe - IRQ-safe transmit status callback
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01003270 *
3271 * Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in IRQ context
3272 * (internally defers to a tasklet.)
3273 *
Johannes Stezenbach20ed3162010-11-30 16:49:23 +01003274 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and
3275 * ieee80211_tx_status_ni() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01003276 *
3277 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
3278 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01003279 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003280void ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02003281 struct sk_buff *skb);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003282
3283/**
Arik Nemtsov8178d382011-04-18 14:22:28 +03003284 * ieee80211_report_low_ack - report non-responding station
3285 *
3286 * When operating in AP-mode, call this function to report a non-responding
3287 * connected STA.
3288 *
3289 * @sta: the non-responding connected sta
3290 * @num_packets: number of packets sent to @sta without a response
3291 */
3292void ieee80211_report_low_ack(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u32 num_packets);
3293
3294/**
Johannes Bergeddcbb92009-10-29 08:30:35 +01003295 * ieee80211_beacon_get_tim - beacon generation function
3296 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01003297 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Johannes Bergeddcbb92009-10-29 08:30:35 +01003298 * @tim_offset: pointer to variable that will receive the TIM IE offset.
3299 * Set to 0 if invalid (in non-AP modes).
3300 * @tim_length: pointer to variable that will receive the TIM IE length,
3301 * (including the ID and length bytes!).
3302 * Set to 0 if invalid (in non-AP modes).
3303 *
3304 * If the driver implements beaconing modes, it must use this function to
3305 * obtain the beacon frame/template.
3306 *
3307 * If the beacon frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
3308 * hardware/firmware), the driver uses this function to get each beacon
3309 * frame from mac80211 -- it is responsible for calling this function
3310 * before the beacon is needed (e.g. based on hardware interrupt).
3311 *
3312 * If the beacon frames are generated by the device, then the driver
3313 * must use the returned beacon as the template and change the TIM IE
3314 * according to the current DTIM parameters/TIM bitmap.
3315 *
3316 * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01003317 *
3318 * Return: The beacon template. %NULL on error.
Johannes Bergeddcbb92009-10-29 08:30:35 +01003319 */
3320struct sk_buff *ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3321 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3322 u16 *tim_offset, u16 *tim_length);
3323
3324/**
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003325 * ieee80211_beacon_get - beacon generation function
3326 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01003327 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003328 *
Johannes Bergeddcbb92009-10-29 08:30:35 +01003329 * See ieee80211_beacon_get_tim().
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01003330 *
3331 * Return: See ieee80211_beacon_get_tim().
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003332 */
Johannes Bergeddcbb92009-10-29 08:30:35 +01003333static inline struct sk_buff *ieee80211_beacon_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3334 struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
3335{
3336 return ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(hw, vif, NULL, NULL);
3337}
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003338
3339/**
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02003340 * ieee80211_csa_finish - notify mac80211 about channel switch
3341 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
3342 *
3343 * After a channel switch announcement was scheduled and the counter in this
3344 * announcement hit zero, this function must be called by the driver to
3345 * notify mac80211 that the channel can be changed.
3346 */
3347void ieee80211_csa_finish(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3348
3349/**
3350 * ieee80211_csa_is_complete - find out if counters reached zero
3351 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
3352 *
3353 * This function returns whether the channel switch counters reached zero.
3354 */
3355bool ieee80211_csa_is_complete(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3356
3357
3358/**
Arik Nemtsov02945822011-11-10 11:28:57 +02003359 * ieee80211_proberesp_get - retrieve a Probe Response template
3360 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
3361 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
3362 *
3363 * Creates a Probe Response template which can, for example, be uploaded to
3364 * hardware. The destination address should be set by the caller.
3365 *
3366 * Can only be called in AP mode.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01003367 *
3368 * Return: The Probe Response template. %NULL on error.
Arik Nemtsov02945822011-11-10 11:28:57 +02003369 */
3370struct sk_buff *ieee80211_proberesp_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3371 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3372
3373/**
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02003374 * ieee80211_pspoll_get - retrieve a PS Poll template
3375 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
3376 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
3377 *
3378 * Creates a PS Poll a template which can, for example, uploaded to
3379 * hardware. The template must be updated after association so that correct
3380 * AID, BSSID and MAC address is used.
3381 *
3382 * Note: Caller (or hardware) is responsible for setting the
3383 * &IEEE80211_FCTL_PM bit.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01003384 *
3385 * Return: The PS Poll template. %NULL on error.
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02003386 */
3387struct sk_buff *ieee80211_pspoll_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3388 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3389
3390/**
3391 * ieee80211_nullfunc_get - retrieve a nullfunc template
3392 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
3393 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
3394 *
3395 * Creates a Nullfunc template which can, for example, uploaded to
3396 * hardware. The template must be updated after association so that correct
3397 * BSSID and address is used.
3398 *
3399 * Note: Caller (or hardware) is responsible for setting the
3400 * &IEEE80211_FCTL_PM bit as well as Duration and Sequence Control fields.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01003401 *
3402 * Return: The nullfunc template. %NULL on error.
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02003403 */
3404struct sk_buff *ieee80211_nullfunc_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3405 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3406
3407/**
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02003408 * ieee80211_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template
3409 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
3410 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
3411 * @ssid: SSID buffer
3412 * @ssid_len: length of SSID
Johannes Bergb9a9ada2012-11-29 13:00:10 +01003413 * @tailroom: tailroom to reserve at end of SKB for IEs
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02003414 *
3415 * Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to
3416 * hardware.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01003417 *
3418 * Return: The Probe Request template. %NULL on error.
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02003419 */
3420struct sk_buff *ieee80211_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3421 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3422 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len,
Johannes Bergb9a9ada2012-11-29 13:00:10 +01003423 size_t tailroom);
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02003424
3425/**
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003426 * ieee80211_rts_get - RTS frame generation function
3427 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01003428 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003429 * @frame: pointer to the frame that is going to be protected by the RTS.
3430 * @frame_len: the frame length (in octets).
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02003431 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003432 * @rts: The buffer where to store the RTS frame.
3433 *
3434 * If the RTS frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
3435 * hardware/firmware), the low-level driver uses this function to receive
3436 * the next RTS frame from the 802.11 code. The low-level is responsible
3437 * for calling this function before and RTS frame is needed.
3438 */
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01003439void ieee80211_rts_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003440 const void *frame, size_t frame_len,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02003441 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003442 struct ieee80211_rts *rts);
3443
3444/**
3445 * ieee80211_rts_duration - Get the duration field for an RTS frame
3446 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01003447 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003448 * @frame_len: the length of the frame that is going to be protected by the RTS.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02003449 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003450 *
3451 * If the RTS is generated in firmware, but the host system must provide
3452 * the duration field, the low-level driver uses this function to receive
3453 * the duration field value in little-endian byteorder.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01003454 *
3455 * Return: The duration.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003456 */
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01003457__le16 ieee80211_rts_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3458 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, size_t frame_len,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02003459 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003460
3461/**
3462 * ieee80211_ctstoself_get - CTS-to-self frame generation function
3463 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01003464 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003465 * @frame: pointer to the frame that is going to be protected by the CTS-to-self.
3466 * @frame_len: the frame length (in octets).
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02003467 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003468 * @cts: The buffer where to store the CTS-to-self frame.
3469 *
3470 * If the CTS-to-self frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
3471 * hardware/firmware), the low-level driver uses this function to receive
3472 * the next CTS-to-self frame from the 802.11 code. The low-level is responsible
3473 * for calling this function before and CTS-to-self frame is needed.
3474 */
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01003475void ieee80211_ctstoself_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3476 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003477 const void *frame, size_t frame_len,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02003478 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003479 struct ieee80211_cts *cts);
3480
3481/**
3482 * ieee80211_ctstoself_duration - Get the duration field for a CTS-to-self frame
3483 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01003484 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003485 * @frame_len: the length of the frame that is going to be protected by the CTS-to-self.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02003486 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003487 *
3488 * If the CTS-to-self is generated in firmware, but the host system must provide
3489 * the duration field, the low-level driver uses this function to receive
3490 * the duration field value in little-endian byteorder.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01003491 *
3492 * Return: The duration.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003493 */
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01003494__le16 ieee80211_ctstoself_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3495 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003496 size_t frame_len,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02003497 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003498
3499/**
3500 * ieee80211_generic_frame_duration - Calculate the duration field for a frame
3501 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01003502 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Johannes Bergd13e1412012-06-09 10:31:09 +02003503 * @band: the band to calculate the frame duration on
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003504 * @frame_len: the length of the frame.
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01003505 * @rate: the rate at which the frame is going to be transmitted.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003506 *
3507 * Calculate the duration field of some generic frame, given its
3508 * length and transmission rate (in 100kbps).
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01003509 *
3510 * Return: The duration.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003511 */
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01003512__le16 ieee80211_generic_frame_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3513 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Michal Kazior4ee73f32012-04-11 08:47:56 +02003514 enum ieee80211_band band,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003515 size_t frame_len,
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01003516 struct ieee80211_rate *rate);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003517
3518/**
3519 * ieee80211_get_buffered_bc - accessing buffered broadcast and multicast frames
3520 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01003521 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003522 *
3523 * Function for accessing buffered broadcast and multicast frames. If
3524 * hardware/firmware does not implement buffering of broadcast/multicast
3525 * frames when power saving is used, 802.11 code buffers them in the host
3526 * memory. The low-level driver uses this function to fetch next buffered
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01003527 * frame. In most cases, this is used when generating beacon frame.
3528 *
3529 * Return: A pointer to the next buffered skb or NULL if no more buffered
3530 * frames are available.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003531 *
3532 * Note: buffered frames are returned only after DTIM beacon frame was
3533 * generated with ieee80211_beacon_get() and the low-level driver must thus
3534 * call ieee80211_beacon_get() first. ieee80211_get_buffered_bc() returns
3535 * NULL if the previous generated beacon was not DTIM, so the low-level driver
3536 * does not need to check for DTIM beacons separately and should be able to
3537 * use common code for all beacons.
3538 */
3539struct sk_buff *
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02003540ieee80211_get_buffered_bc(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003541
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003542/**
Johannes Berg42d98792011-07-07 18:58:01 +02003543 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv - get a TKIP phase 1 key for IV32
3544 *
3545 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the given IV32.
3546 *
3547 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
3548 * @iv32: IV32 to get the P1K for
3549 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
3550 */
3551void ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
3552 u32 iv32, u16 *p1k);
3553
3554/**
Johannes Berg523b02e2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02003555 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k - get a TKIP phase 1 key
Emmanuel Grumbach5d2cdcd2008-03-20 15:06:41 +02003556 *
Johannes Berg523b02e2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02003557 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the IV32 taken
3558 * from the given packet.
Emmanuel Grumbach5d2cdcd2008-03-20 15:06:41 +02003559 *
3560 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
Johannes Berg523b02e2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02003561 * @skb: the packet to take the IV32 value from that will be encrypted
3562 * with this P1K
3563 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
Emmanuel Grumbach5d2cdcd2008-03-20 15:06:41 +02003564 */
Johannes Berg42d98792011-07-07 18:58:01 +02003565static inline void ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
3566 struct sk_buff *skb, u16 *p1k)
3567{
3568 struct ieee80211_hdr *hdr = (struct ieee80211_hdr *)skb->data;
3569 const u8 *data = (u8 *)hdr + ieee80211_hdrlen(hdr->frame_control);
3570 u32 iv32 = get_unaligned_le32(&data[4]);
3571
3572 ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv(keyconf, iv32, p1k);
3573}
Johannes Berg523b02e2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02003574
3575/**
Johannes Berg8bca5d82011-07-13 19:50:34 +02003576 * ieee80211_get_tkip_rx_p1k - get a TKIP phase 1 key for RX
3577 *
3578 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the given IV32
3579 * and transmitter address.
3580 *
3581 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
3582 * @ta: TA that will be used with the key
3583 * @iv32: IV32 to get the P1K for
3584 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
3585 */
3586void ieee80211_get_tkip_rx_p1k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
3587 const u8 *ta, u32 iv32, u16 *p1k);
3588
3589/**
Johannes Berg523b02e2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02003590 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k - get a TKIP phase 2 key
3591 *
3592 * This function computes the TKIP RC4 key for the IV values
3593 * in the packet.
3594 *
3595 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
3596 * @skb: the packet to take the IV32/IV16 values from that will be
3597 * encrypted with this key
3598 * @p2k: a buffer to which the key will be written, 16 bytes
3599 */
3600void ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
3601 struct sk_buff *skb, u8 *p2k);
Johannes Bergc68f4b82011-07-05 16:35:41 +02003602
3603/**
Assaf Krauss5d0d04e2012-08-01 15:12:48 +03003604 * ieee80211_aes_cmac_calculate_k1_k2 - calculate the AES-CMAC sub keys
3605 *
3606 * This function computes the two AES-CMAC sub-keys, based on the
3607 * previously installed master key.
3608 *
3609 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
3610 * @k1: a buffer to be filled with the 1st sub-key
3611 * @k2: a buffer to be filled with the 2nd sub-key
3612 */
3613void ieee80211_aes_cmac_calculate_k1_k2(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
3614 u8 *k1, u8 *k2);
3615
3616/**
Johannes Berg3ea542d2011-07-07 18:58:00 +02003617 * struct ieee80211_key_seq - key sequence counter
3618 *
3619 * @tkip: TKIP data, containing IV32 and IV16 in host byte order
3620 * @ccmp: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
3621 * reverse order than in packet)
3622 * @aes_cmac: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
3623 * reverse order than in packet)
3624 */
3625struct ieee80211_key_seq {
3626 union {
3627 struct {
3628 u32 iv32;
3629 u16 iv16;
3630 } tkip;
3631 struct {
3632 u8 pn[6];
3633 } ccmp;
3634 struct {
3635 u8 pn[6];
3636 } aes_cmac;
3637 };
3638};
3639
3640/**
3641 * ieee80211_get_key_tx_seq - get key TX sequence counter
3642 *
3643 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
3644 * @seq: buffer to receive the sequence data
3645 *
3646 * This function allows a driver to retrieve the current TX IV/PN
3647 * for the given key. It must not be called if IV generation is
3648 * offloaded to the device.
3649 *
3650 * Note that this function may only be called when no TX processing
3651 * can be done concurrently, for example when queues are stopped
3652 * and the stop has been synchronized.
3653 */
3654void ieee80211_get_key_tx_seq(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
3655 struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
3656
3657/**
3658 * ieee80211_get_key_rx_seq - get key RX sequence counter
3659 *
3660 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
3661 * @tid: The TID, or -1 for the management frame value (CCMP only);
3662 * the value on TID 0 is also used for non-QoS frames. For
3663 * CMAC, only TID 0 is valid.
3664 * @seq: buffer to receive the sequence data
3665 *
3666 * This function allows a driver to retrieve the current RX IV/PNs
3667 * for the given key. It must not be called if IV checking is done
3668 * by the device and not by mac80211.
3669 *
3670 * Note that this function may only be called when no RX processing
3671 * can be done concurrently.
3672 */
3673void ieee80211_get_key_rx_seq(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
3674 int tid, struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
3675
3676/**
Johannes Bergc68f4b82011-07-05 16:35:41 +02003677 * ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace supplicant of rekeying
3678 * @vif: virtual interface the rekeying was done on
3679 * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP, for checking association
3680 * @replay_ctr: the new replay counter after GTK rekeying
3681 * @gfp: allocation flags
3682 */
3683void ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *bssid,
3684 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp);
3685
Emmanuel Grumbach5d2cdcd2008-03-20 15:06:41 +02003686/**
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003687 * ieee80211_wake_queue - wake specific queue
3688 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
3689 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
3690 *
3691 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_wake_queue.
3692 */
3693void ieee80211_wake_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
3694
3695/**
3696 * ieee80211_stop_queue - stop specific queue
3697 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
3698 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
3699 *
3700 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
3701 */
3702void ieee80211_stop_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
3703
3704/**
Tomas Winkler92ab8532008-07-24 21:02:04 +03003705 * ieee80211_queue_stopped - test status of the queue
3706 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
3707 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
3708 *
3709 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01003710 *
3711 * Return: %true if the queue is stopped. %false otherwise.
Tomas Winkler92ab8532008-07-24 21:02:04 +03003712 */
3713
3714int ieee80211_queue_stopped(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
3715
3716/**
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003717 * ieee80211_stop_queues - stop all queues
3718 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
3719 *
3720 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
3721 */
3722void ieee80211_stop_queues(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
3723
3724/**
3725 * ieee80211_wake_queues - wake all queues
3726 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
3727 *
3728 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_wake_queue.
3729 */
3730void ieee80211_wake_queues(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
3731
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003732/**
3733 * ieee80211_scan_completed - completed hardware scan
3734 *
3735 * When hardware scan offload is used (i.e. the hw_scan() callback is
3736 * assigned) this function needs to be called by the driver to notify
Johannes Berg8789d452010-08-26 13:30:26 +02003737 * mac80211 that the scan finished. This function can be called from
3738 * any context, including hardirq context.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003739 *
3740 * @hw: the hardware that finished the scan
Johannes Berg2a519312009-02-10 21:25:55 +01003741 * @aborted: set to true if scan was aborted
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003742 */
Johannes Berg2a519312009-02-10 21:25:55 +01003743void ieee80211_scan_completed(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, bool aborted);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003744
Johannes Bergdabeb342007-11-09 01:57:29 +01003745/**
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03003746 * ieee80211_sched_scan_results - got results from scheduled scan
3747 *
3748 * When a scheduled scan is running, this function needs to be called by the
3749 * driver whenever there are new scan results available.
3750 *
3751 * @hw: the hardware that is performing scheduled scans
3752 */
3753void ieee80211_sched_scan_results(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
3754
3755/**
3756 * ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped - inform that the scheduled scan has stopped
3757 *
3758 * When a scheduled scan is running, this function can be called by
3759 * the driver if it needs to stop the scan to perform another task.
3760 * Usual scenarios are drivers that cannot continue the scheduled scan
3761 * while associating, for instance.
3762 *
3763 * @hw: the hardware that is performing scheduled scans
3764 */
3765void ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
3766
3767/**
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01003768 * enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags - interface iteration flags
3769 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_NORMAL: Iterate over all interfaces that have
3770 * been added to the driver; However, note that during hardware
3771 * reconfiguration (after restart_hw) it will iterate over a new
3772 * interface and over all the existing interfaces even if they
3773 * haven't been re-added to the driver yet.
3774 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_RESUME_ALL: During resume, iterate over all
3775 * interfaces, even if they haven't been re-added to the driver yet.
3776 */
3777enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags {
3778 IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_NORMAL = 0,
3779 IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_RESUME_ALL = BIT(0),
3780};
3781
3782/**
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -07003783 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces - iterate active interfaces
Johannes Bergdabeb342007-11-09 01:57:29 +01003784 *
3785 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
3786 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02003787 * This function allows the iterator function to sleep, when the iterator
3788 * function is atomic @ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic can
3789 * be used.
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01003790 * Does not iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
Johannes Bergdabeb342007-11-09 01:57:29 +01003791 *
3792 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01003793 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02003794 * @iterator: the iterator function to call
Johannes Bergdabeb342007-11-09 01:57:29 +01003795 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
3796 */
3797void ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01003798 u32 iter_flags,
Johannes Bergdabeb342007-11-09 01:57:29 +01003799 void (*iterator)(void *data, u8 *mac,
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01003800 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
Johannes Bergdabeb342007-11-09 01:57:29 +01003801 void *data);
3802
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02003803/**
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02003804 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic - iterate active interfaces
3805 *
3806 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
3807 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
3808 * This function requires the iterator callback function to be atomic,
3809 * if that is not desired, use @ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces instead.
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01003810 * Does not iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02003811 *
3812 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01003813 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02003814 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
3815 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
3816 */
3817void ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01003818 u32 iter_flags,
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02003819 void (*iterator)(void *data,
3820 u8 *mac,
3821 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
3822 void *data);
3823
3824/**
Luis R. Rodriguez42935ec2009-07-29 20:08:07 -04003825 * ieee80211_queue_work - add work onto the mac80211 workqueue
3826 *
3827 * Drivers and mac80211 use this to add work onto the mac80211 workqueue.
3828 * This helper ensures drivers are not queueing work when they should not be.
3829 *
3830 * @hw: the hardware struct for the interface we are adding work for
3831 * @work: the work we want to add onto the mac80211 workqueue
3832 */
3833void ieee80211_queue_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct work_struct *work);
3834
3835/**
3836 * ieee80211_queue_delayed_work - add work onto the mac80211 workqueue
3837 *
3838 * Drivers and mac80211 use this to queue delayed work onto the mac80211
3839 * workqueue.
3840 *
3841 * @hw: the hardware struct for the interface we are adding work for
3842 * @dwork: delayable work to queue onto the mac80211 workqueue
3843 * @delay: number of jiffies to wait before queueing
3844 */
3845void ieee80211_queue_delayed_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3846 struct delayed_work *dwork,
3847 unsigned long delay);
3848
3849/**
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02003850 * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session - Start a tx Block Ack session.
Johannes Bergc951ad32009-11-16 12:00:38 +01003851 * @sta: the station for which to start a BA session
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02003852 * @tid: the TID to BA on.
Sujith Manoharanbd2ce6e2010-12-15 07:47:10 +05303853 * @timeout: session timeout value (in TUs)
Randy Dunlapea2d8b52008-10-27 09:47:03 -07003854 *
3855 * Return: success if addBA request was sent, failure otherwise
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02003856 *
3857 * Although mac80211/low level driver/user space application can estimate
3858 * the need to start aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level
3859 * will be managed by the mac80211.
3860 */
Sujith Manoharanbd2ce6e2010-12-15 07:47:10 +05303861int ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid,
3862 u16 timeout);
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02003863
3864/**
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02003865 * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to aggregate.
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01003866 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02003867 * @ra: receiver address of the BA session recipient.
3868 * @tid: the TID to BA on.
3869 *
3870 * This function must be called by low level driver once it has
Johannes Berg5d22c892010-06-10 10:21:40 +02003871 * finished with preparations for the BA session. It can be called
3872 * from any context.
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02003873 */
Johannes Bergc951ad32009-11-16 12:00:38 +01003874void ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *ra,
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02003875 u16 tid);
3876
3877/**
3878 * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session - Stop a Block Ack session.
Johannes Bergc951ad32009-11-16 12:00:38 +01003879 * @sta: the station whose BA session to stop
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02003880 * @tid: the TID to stop BA.
Randy Dunlapea2d8b52008-10-27 09:47:03 -07003881 *
Johannes Berg6a8579d2010-05-27 14:41:07 +02003882 * Return: negative error if the TID is invalid, or no aggregation active
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02003883 *
3884 * Although mac80211/low level driver/user space application can estimate
3885 * the need to stop aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level
3886 * will be managed by the mac80211.
3887 */
Johannes Berg6a8579d2010-05-27 14:41:07 +02003888int ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid);
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02003889
3890/**
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02003891 * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to stop aggregate.
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01003892 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02003893 * @ra: receiver address of the BA session recipient.
3894 * @tid: the desired TID to BA on.
3895 *
3896 * This function must be called by low level driver once it has
Johannes Berg5d22c892010-06-10 10:21:40 +02003897 * finished with preparations for the BA session tear down. It
3898 * can be called from any context.
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02003899 */
Johannes Bergc951ad32009-11-16 12:00:38 +01003900void ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *ra,
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02003901 u16 tid);
3902
Mohamed Abbas84363e62008-04-04 16:59:58 -07003903/**
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02003904 * ieee80211_find_sta - find a station
3905 *
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01003906 * @vif: virtual interface to look for station on
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02003907 * @addr: station's address
3908 *
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01003909 * Return: The station, if found. %NULL otherwise.
3910 *
3911 * Note: This function must be called under RCU lock and the
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02003912 * resulting pointer is only valid under RCU lock as well.
3913 */
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01003914struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02003915 const u8 *addr);
3916
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02003917/**
Ben Greear686b9cb2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07003918 * ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr - find a station on hardware
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01003919 *
3920 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
Ben Greear686b9cb2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07003921 * @addr: remote station's address
3922 * @localaddr: local address (vif->sdata->vif.addr). Use NULL for 'any'.
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01003923 *
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01003924 * Return: The station, if found. %NULL otherwise.
3925 *
3926 * Note: This function must be called under RCU lock and the
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01003927 * resulting pointer is only valid under RCU lock as well.
3928 *
Ben Greear686b9cb2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07003929 * NOTE: You may pass NULL for localaddr, but then you will just get
3930 * the first STA that matches the remote address 'addr'.
3931 * We can have multiple STA associated with multiple
3932 * logical stations (e.g. consider a station connecting to another
3933 * BSSID on the same AP hardware without disconnecting first).
3934 * In this case, the result of this method with localaddr NULL
3935 * is not reliable.
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01003936 *
Ben Greear686b9cb2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07003937 * DO NOT USE THIS FUNCTION with localaddr NULL if at all possible.
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01003938 */
Ben Greear686b9cb2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07003939struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3940 const u8 *addr,
3941 const u8 *localaddr);
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01003942
3943/**
Johannes Bergaf818582009-11-06 11:35:50 +01003944 * ieee80211_sta_block_awake - block station from waking up
3945 * @hw: the hardware
3946 * @pubsta: the station
3947 * @block: whether to block or unblock
3948 *
3949 * Some devices require that all frames that are on the queues
3950 * for a specific station that went to sleep are flushed before
3951 * a poll response or frames after the station woke up can be
3952 * delivered to that it. Note that such frames must be rejected
3953 * by the driver as filtered, with the appropriate status flag.
3954 *
3955 * This function allows implementing this mode in a race-free
3956 * manner.
3957 *
3958 * To do this, a driver must keep track of the number of frames
3959 * still enqueued for a specific station. If this number is not
3960 * zero when the station goes to sleep, the driver must call
3961 * this function to force mac80211 to consider the station to
3962 * be asleep regardless of the station's actual state. Once the
3963 * number of outstanding frames reaches zero, the driver must
3964 * call this function again to unblock the station. That will
3965 * cause mac80211 to be able to send ps-poll responses, and if
3966 * the station queried in the meantime then frames will also
3967 * be sent out as a result of this. Additionally, the driver
3968 * will be notified that the station woke up some time after
3969 * it is unblocked, regardless of whether the station actually
3970 * woke up while blocked or not.
3971 */
3972void ieee80211_sta_block_awake(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3973 struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, bool block);
3974
3975/**
Johannes Berg37fbd902011-09-29 16:04:39 +02003976 * ieee80211_sta_eosp - notify mac80211 about end of SP
3977 * @pubsta: the station
3978 *
3979 * When a device transmits frames in a way that it can't tell
3980 * mac80211 in the TX status about the EOSP, it must clear the
3981 * %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP bit and call this function instead.
3982 * This applies for PS-Poll as well as uAPSD.
3983 *
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01003984 * Note that just like with _tx_status() and _rx() drivers must
3985 * not mix calls to irqsafe/non-irqsafe versions, this function
3986 * must not be mixed with those either. Use the all irqsafe, or
3987 * all non-irqsafe, don't mix!
3988 *
3989 * NB: the _irqsafe version of this function doesn't exist, no
3990 * driver needs it right now. Don't call this function if
3991 * you'd need the _irqsafe version, look at the git history
3992 * and restore the _irqsafe version!
Johannes Berg37fbd902011-09-29 16:04:39 +02003993 */
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01003994void ieee80211_sta_eosp(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta);
Johannes Berg37fbd902011-09-29 16:04:39 +02003995
3996/**
Johannes Berg830af022011-07-05 16:35:39 +02003997 * ieee80211_iter_keys - iterate keys programmed into the device
3998 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
3999 * @vif: virtual interface to iterate, may be %NULL for all
4000 * @iter: iterator function that will be called for each key
4001 * @iter_data: custom data to pass to the iterator function
4002 *
4003 * This function can be used to iterate all the keys known to
4004 * mac80211, even those that weren't previously programmed into
4005 * the device. This is intended for use in WoWLAN if the device
4006 * needs reprogramming of the keys during suspend. Note that due
4007 * to locking reasons, it is also only safe to call this at few
4008 * spots since it must hold the RTNL and be able to sleep.
Johannes Bergf850e002011-07-13 19:50:53 +02004009 *
4010 * The order in which the keys are iterated matches the order
4011 * in which they were originally installed and handed to the
4012 * set_key callback.
Johannes Berg830af022011-07-05 16:35:39 +02004013 */
4014void ieee80211_iter_keys(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4015 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4016 void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4017 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4018 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4019 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
4020 void *data),
4021 void *iter_data);
4022
4023/**
Johannes Berg3448c002012-09-11 17:57:42 +02004024 * ieee80211_iter_chan_contexts_atomic - iterate channel contexts
4025 * @hw: pointre obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4026 * @iter: iterator function
4027 * @iter_data: data passed to iterator function
4028 *
4029 * Iterate all active channel contexts. This function is atomic and
4030 * doesn't acquire any locks internally that might be held in other
4031 * places while calling into the driver.
4032 *
4033 * The iterator will not find a context that's being added (during
4034 * the driver callback to add it) but will find it while it's being
4035 * removed.
Johannes Berg8a61af62012-12-13 17:42:30 +01004036 *
4037 * Note that during hardware restart, all contexts that existed
4038 * before the restart are considered already present so will be
4039 * found while iterating, whether they've been re-added already
4040 * or not.
Johannes Berg3448c002012-09-11 17:57:42 +02004041 */
4042void ieee80211_iter_chan_contexts_atomic(
4043 struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4044 void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4045 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *chanctx_conf,
4046 void *data),
4047 void *iter_data);
4048
4049/**
Juuso Oikarinena619a4c2010-11-11 08:50:18 +02004050 * ieee80211_ap_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template
4051 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4052 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4053 *
4054 * Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to
4055 * hardware. The template is filled with bssid, ssid and supported rate
4056 * information. This function must only be called from within the
4057 * .bss_info_changed callback function and only in managed mode. The function
4058 * is only useful when the interface is associated, otherwise it will return
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004059 * %NULL.
4060 *
4061 * Return: The Probe Request template. %NULL on error.
Juuso Oikarinena619a4c2010-11-11 08:50:18 +02004062 */
4063struct sk_buff *ieee80211_ap_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4064 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4065
4066/**
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02004067 * ieee80211_beacon_loss - inform hardware does not receive beacons
4068 *
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004069 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02004070 *
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01004071 * When beacon filtering is enabled with %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER and
Juuso Oikarinen1e4dcd02010-03-19 07:14:53 +02004072 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set, the driver needs to inform whenever the
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02004073 * hardware is not receiving beacons with this function.
4074 */
4075void ieee80211_beacon_loss(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02004076
Juuso Oikarinen1e4dcd02010-03-19 07:14:53 +02004077/**
4078 * ieee80211_connection_loss - inform hardware has lost connection to the AP
4079 *
4080 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4081 *
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01004082 * When beacon filtering is enabled with %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER, and
Juuso Oikarinen1e4dcd02010-03-19 07:14:53 +02004083 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS and %IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR are set, the driver
4084 * needs to inform if the connection to the AP has been lost.
Johannes Berg682bd382013-01-29 13:13:50 +01004085 * The function may also be called if the connection needs to be terminated
4086 * for some other reason, even if %IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR isn't set.
Juuso Oikarinen1e4dcd02010-03-19 07:14:53 +02004087 *
4088 * This function will cause immediate change to disassociated state,
4089 * without connection recovery attempts.
4090 */
4091void ieee80211_connection_loss(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4092
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02004093/**
Johannes Berg95acac62011-07-12 12:30:59 +02004094 * ieee80211_resume_disconnect - disconnect from AP after resume
4095 *
4096 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4097 *
4098 * Instructs mac80211 to disconnect from the AP after resume.
4099 * Drivers can use this after WoWLAN if they know that the
4100 * connection cannot be kept up, for example because keys were
4101 * used while the device was asleep but the replay counters or
4102 * similar cannot be retrieved from the device during resume.
4103 *
4104 * Note that due to implementation issues, if the driver uses
4105 * the reconfiguration functionality during resume the interface
4106 * will still be added as associated first during resume and then
4107 * disconnect normally later.
4108 *
4109 * This function can only be called from the resume callback and
4110 * the driver must not be holding any of its own locks while it
4111 * calls this function, or at least not any locks it needs in the
4112 * key configuration paths (if it supports HW crypto).
4113 */
4114void ieee80211_resume_disconnect(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4115
4116/**
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02004117 * ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify - inform a configured connection quality monitoring
4118 * rssi threshold triggered
4119 *
4120 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4121 * @rssi_event: the RSSI trigger event type
4122 * @gfp: context flags
4123 *
Johannes Bergea086352012-01-19 09:29:58 +01004124 * When the %IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI is set, and a connection quality
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02004125 * monitoring is configured with an rssi threshold, the driver will inform
4126 * whenever the rssi level reaches the threshold.
4127 */
4128void ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4129 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event,
4130 gfp_t gfp);
4131
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02004132/**
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +01004133 * ieee80211_radar_detected - inform that a radar was detected
4134 *
4135 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
4136 */
4137void ieee80211_radar_detected(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4138
4139/**
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02004140 * ieee80211_chswitch_done - Complete channel switch process
4141 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4142 * @success: make the channel switch successful or not
4143 *
4144 * Complete the channel switch post-process: set the new operational channel
4145 * and wake up the suspended queues.
4146 */
4147void ieee80211_chswitch_done(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, bool success);
4148
Johannes Bergd1f5b7a2010-08-05 17:05:55 +02004149/**
4150 * ieee80211_request_smps - request SM PS transition
4151 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Johannes Berg633dd1e2010-08-18 15:01:23 +02004152 * @smps_mode: new SM PS mode
Johannes Bergd1f5b7a2010-08-05 17:05:55 +02004153 *
4154 * This allows the driver to request an SM PS transition in managed
4155 * mode. This is useful when the driver has more information than
4156 * the stack about possible interference, for example by bluetooth.
4157 */
4158void ieee80211_request_smps(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4159 enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode);
4160
Johannes Berge31b8212010-10-05 19:39:30 +02004161/**
Johannes Berg21f83582010-12-18 17:20:47 +01004162 * ieee80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain-on-channel start
4163 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
4164 */
4165void ieee80211_ready_on_channel(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4166
4167/**
4168 * ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired
4169 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
4170 */
4171void ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4172
Shahar Levif41ccd72011-05-22 16:10:21 +03004173/**
4174 * ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session - callback to stop existing BA sessions
4175 *
4176 * in order not to harm the system performance and user experience, the device
4177 * may request not to allow any rx ba session and tear down existing rx ba
4178 * sessions based on system constraints such as periodic BT activity that needs
4179 * to limit wlan activity (eg.sco or a2dp)."
4180 * in such cases, the intention is to limit the duration of the rx ppdu and
4181 * therefore prevent the peer device to use a-mpdu aggregation.
4182 *
4183 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4184 * @ba_rx_bitmap: Bit map of open rx ba per tid
4185 * @addr: & to bssid mac address
4186 */
4187void ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u16 ba_rx_bitmap,
4188 const u8 *addr);
4189
Felix Fietkau8c771242011-08-20 15:53:55 +02004190/**
4191 * ieee80211_send_bar - send a BlockAckReq frame
4192 *
4193 * can be used to flush pending frames from the peer's aggregation reorder
4194 * buffer.
4195 *
4196 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4197 * @ra: the peer's destination address
4198 * @tid: the TID of the aggregation session
4199 * @ssn: the new starting sequence number for the receiver
4200 */
4201void ieee80211_send_bar(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u8 *ra, u16 tid, u16 ssn);
4202
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02004203/* Rate control API */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02004204
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02004205/**
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02004206 * struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control - rate control information for/from RC algo
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02004207 *
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02004208 * @hw: The hardware the algorithm is invoked for.
4209 * @sband: The band this frame is being transmitted on.
4210 * @bss_conf: the current BSS configuration
Simon Wunderlichf44d4eb2012-03-07 21:31:13 +01004211 * @skb: the skb that will be transmitted, the control information in it needs
4212 * to be filled in
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02004213 * @reported_rate: The rate control algorithm can fill this in to indicate
4214 * which rate should be reported to userspace as the current rate and
4215 * used for rate calculations in the mesh network.
4216 * @rts: whether RTS will be used for this frame because it is longer than the
4217 * RTS threshold
4218 * @short_preamble: whether mac80211 will request short-preamble transmission
4219 * if the selected rate supports it
Simon Wunderlichf44d4eb2012-03-07 21:31:13 +01004220 * @max_rate_idx: user-requested maximum (legacy) rate
Jouni Malinen37eb0b12010-01-06 13:09:08 +02004221 * (deprecated; this will be removed once drivers get updated to use
4222 * rate_idx_mask)
Simon Wunderlichf44d4eb2012-03-07 21:31:13 +01004223 * @rate_idx_mask: user-requested (legacy) rate mask
Felix Fietkau2ffbe6d2013-04-16 13:38:42 +02004224 * @rate_idx_mcs_mask: user-requested MCS rate mask (NULL if not in use)
Felix Fietkau8f0729b2010-11-11 15:07:23 +01004225 * @bss: whether this frame is sent out in AP or IBSS mode
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02004226 */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02004227struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control {
4228 struct ieee80211_hw *hw;
4229 struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband;
4230 struct ieee80211_bss_conf *bss_conf;
4231 struct sk_buff *skb;
4232 struct ieee80211_tx_rate reported_rate;
4233 bool rts, short_preamble;
4234 u8 max_rate_idx;
Jouni Malinen37eb0b12010-01-06 13:09:08 +02004235 u32 rate_idx_mask;
Felix Fietkau2ffbe6d2013-04-16 13:38:42 +02004236 u8 *rate_idx_mcs_mask;
Felix Fietkau8f0729b2010-11-11 15:07:23 +01004237 bool bss;
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02004238};
4239
4240struct rate_control_ops {
4241 struct module *module;
4242 const char *name;
4243 void *(*alloc)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct dentry *debugfsdir);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02004244 void (*free)(void *priv);
4245
4246 void *(*alloc_sta)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, gfp_t gfp);
4247 void (*rate_init)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
Simon Wunderlich3de805c2013-07-08 16:55:50 +02004248 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02004249 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta);
Sujith81cb7622009-02-12 11:38:37 +05304250 void (*rate_update)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
Simon Wunderlich3de805c2013-07-08 16:55:50 +02004251 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
Johannes Berg64f68e52012-03-28 10:58:37 +02004252 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
4253 u32 changed);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02004254 void (*free_sta)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4255 void *priv_sta);
4256
4257 void (*tx_status)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
4258 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
4259 struct sk_buff *skb);
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02004260 void (*get_rate)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
4261 struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control *txrc);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02004262
4263 void (*add_sta_debugfs)(void *priv, void *priv_sta,
4264 struct dentry *dir);
4265 void (*remove_sta_debugfs)(void *priv, void *priv_sta);
4266};
4267
4268static inline int rate_supported(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4269 enum ieee80211_band band,
4270 int index)
4271{
4272 return (sta == NULL || sta->supp_rates[band] & BIT(index));
4273}
4274
Luis R. Rodriguez4c6d4f52009-07-16 10:05:41 -07004275/**
4276 * rate_control_send_low - helper for drivers for management/no-ack frames
4277 *
4278 * Rate control algorithms that agree to use the lowest rate to
4279 * send management frames and NO_ACK data with the respective hw
4280 * retries should use this in the beginning of their mac80211 get_rate
4281 * callback. If true is returned the rate control can simply return.
4282 * If false is returned we guarantee that sta and sta and priv_sta is
4283 * not null.
4284 *
4285 * Rate control algorithms wishing to do more intelligent selection of
4286 * rate for multicast/broadcast frames may choose to not use this.
4287 *
4288 * @sta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer to the target destination. Note
4289 * that this may be null.
4290 * @priv_sta: private rate control structure. This may be null.
4291 * @txrc: rate control information we sholud populate for mac80211.
4292 */
4293bool rate_control_send_low(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4294 void *priv_sta,
4295 struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control *txrc);
4296
4297
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02004298static inline s8
4299rate_lowest_index(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
4300 struct ieee80211_sta *sta)
4301{
4302 int i;
4303
4304 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_bitrates; i++)
4305 if (rate_supported(sta, sband->band, i))
4306 return i;
4307
4308 /* warn when we cannot find a rate. */
Johannes Berg54d50262011-11-04 18:07:43 +01004309 WARN_ON_ONCE(1);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02004310
Johannes Berg54d50262011-11-04 18:07:43 +01004311 /* and return 0 (the lowest index) */
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02004312 return 0;
4313}
4314
Luis R. Rodriguezb770b432009-07-16 10:15:09 -07004315static inline
4316bool rate_usable_index_exists(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
4317 struct ieee80211_sta *sta)
4318{
4319 unsigned int i;
4320
4321 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_bitrates; i++)
4322 if (rate_supported(sta, sband->band, i))
4323 return true;
4324 return false;
4325}
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02004326
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02004327/**
4328 * rate_control_set_rates - pass the sta rate selection to mac80211/driver
4329 *
4330 * When not doing a rate control probe to test rates, rate control should pass
4331 * its rate selection to mac80211. If the driver supports receiving a station
4332 * rate table, it will use it to ensure that frames are always sent based on
4333 * the most recent rate control module decision.
4334 *
4335 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
4336 * @pubsta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer to the target destination.
4337 * @rates: new tx rate set to be used for this station.
4338 */
4339int rate_control_set_rates(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4340 struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
4341 struct ieee80211_sta_rates *rates);
4342
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02004343int ieee80211_rate_control_register(struct rate_control_ops *ops);
4344void ieee80211_rate_control_unregister(struct rate_control_ops *ops);
4345
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08004346static inline bool
4347conf_is_ht20(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
4348{
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01004349 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20;
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08004350}
4351
4352static inline bool
4353conf_is_ht40_minus(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
4354{
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01004355 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40 &&
4356 conf->chandef.center_freq1 < conf->chandef.chan->center_freq;
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08004357}
4358
4359static inline bool
4360conf_is_ht40_plus(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
4361{
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01004362 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40 &&
4363 conf->chandef.center_freq1 > conf->chandef.chan->center_freq;
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08004364}
4365
4366static inline bool
4367conf_is_ht40(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
4368{
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01004369 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40;
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08004370}
4371
4372static inline bool
4373conf_is_ht(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
4374{
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01004375 return conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT;
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08004376}
4377
Johannes Berg2ca27bc2010-09-16 14:58:23 +02004378static inline enum nl80211_iftype
4379ieee80211_iftype_p2p(enum nl80211_iftype type, bool p2p)
4380{
4381 if (p2p) {
4382 switch (type) {
4383 case NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION:
4384 return NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT;
4385 case NL80211_IFTYPE_AP:
4386 return NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO;
4387 default:
4388 break;
4389 }
4390 }
4391 return type;
4392}
4393
4394static inline enum nl80211_iftype
4395ieee80211_vif_type_p2p(struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
4396{
4397 return ieee80211_iftype_p2p(vif->type, vif->p2p);
4398}
4399
Meenakshi Venkataraman615f7b92011-07-08 08:46:22 -07004400void ieee80211_enable_rssi_reports(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4401 int rssi_min_thold,
4402 int rssi_max_thold);
4403
4404void ieee80211_disable_rssi_reports(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Arik Nemtsov768db342011-09-28 14:12:51 +03004405
Wey-Yi Guy0d8a0a12012-04-20 11:57:00 -07004406/**
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004407 * ieee80211_ave_rssi - report the average RSSI for the specified interface
Wey-Yi Guy0d8a0a12012-04-20 11:57:00 -07004408 *
4409 * @vif: the specified virtual interface
4410 *
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004411 * Note: This function assumes that the given vif is valid.
4412 *
4413 * Return: The average RSSI value for the requested interface, or 0 if not
4414 * applicable.
Wey-Yi Guy0d8a0a12012-04-20 11:57:00 -07004415 */
Wey-Yi Guy1dae27f2012-04-13 12:02:57 -07004416int ieee80211_ave_rssi(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4417
Johannes Bergcd8f7cb2013-01-22 12:34:29 +01004418/**
4419 * ieee80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report WoWLAN wakeup
4420 * @vif: virtual interface
4421 * @wakeup: wakeup reason(s)
4422 * @gfp: allocation flags
4423 *
4424 * See cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup().
4425 */
4426void ieee80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4427 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup,
4428 gfp_t gfp);
4429
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004430#endif /* MAC80211_H */